|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15 #include "version.h"
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
17 #ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
|
|
|
18 # include <fcntl.h> /* for chdir() */
|
|
|
19 #endif
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
21 static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
|
|
|
22 static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
|
|
|
23 #if defined(USE_EXE_NAME) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
24 static char_u *remove_tail_with_ext __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *ext));
|
|
|
25 #endif
|
|
|
26 static int get_indent_str __ARGS((char_u *ptr, int ts));
|
|
|
27 static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
29 /*
|
|
|
30 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
|
|
|
31 */
|
|
|
32 int
|
|
|
33 get_indent()
|
|
|
34 {
|
|
|
35 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
36 }
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
38 /*
|
|
|
39 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
|
|
|
40 */
|
|
|
41 int
|
|
|
42 get_indent_lnum(lnum)
|
|
|
43 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
44 {
|
|
|
45 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
46 }
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
48 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
49 /*
|
|
|
50 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
|
|
|
51 * "buf".
|
|
|
52 */
|
|
|
53 int
|
|
|
54 get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
|
|
|
55 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
56 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
57 {
|
|
|
58 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
59 }
|
|
|
60 #endif
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /*
|
|
|
63 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
|
|
|
64 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
|
|
|
65 */
|
|
|
66 static int
|
|
|
67 get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
|
|
|
68 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
69 int ts;
|
|
|
70 {
|
|
|
71 int count = 0;
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
73 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
|
|
|
74 {
|
|
|
75 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
|
|
|
76 count += ts - (count % ts);
|
|
|
77 else if (*ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
78 ++count; /* count a space for one */
|
|
|
79 else
|
|
|
80 break;
|
|
|
81 }
|
|
|
82 return (count);
|
|
|
83 }
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
85 /*
|
|
|
86 * Set the indent of the current line.
|
|
|
87 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
|
|
|
88 * Caller must take care of undo.
|
|
|
89 * "flags":
|
|
|
90 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
|
|
|
91 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
|
|
|
92 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
|
|
|
93 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
|
|
|
94 */
|
|
|
95 int
|
|
|
96 set_indent(size, flags)
|
|
|
97 int size;
|
|
|
98 int flags;
|
|
|
99 {
|
|
|
100 char_u *p;
|
|
|
101 char_u *newline;
|
|
|
102 char_u *oldline;
|
|
|
103 char_u *s;
|
|
|
104 int todo;
|
|
|
105 int ind_len;
|
|
|
106 int line_len;
|
|
|
107 int doit = FALSE;
|
|
|
108 int ind_done;
|
|
|
109 int tab_pad;
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
111 /*
|
|
|
112 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
|
|
|
113 * characters needed for the indent.
|
|
|
114 */
|
|
|
115 todo = size;
|
|
|
116 ind_len = 0;
|
|
|
117 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
119 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
|
|
|
120 * isn't already set */
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
122 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
|
|
|
123 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
|
|
|
124 {
|
|
|
125 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
|
|
|
126 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
|
|
|
127 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
|
|
|
128 {
|
|
|
129 ind_done = 0;
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
131 /* count as many characters as we can use */
|
|
|
132 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
133 {
|
|
|
134 if (*p == TAB)
|
|
|
135 {
|
|
|
136 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
137 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
138 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
|
|
|
139 if (todo < tab_pad)
|
|
|
140 break;
|
|
|
141 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
142 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
143 ind_done += tab_pad;
|
|
|
144 }
|
|
|
145 else
|
|
|
146 {
|
|
|
147 --todo;
|
|
|
148 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
149 ++ind_done;
|
|
|
150 }
|
|
|
151 ++p;
|
|
|
152 }
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
154 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
|
|
|
155 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
156 if (todo >= tab_pad)
|
|
|
157 {
|
|
|
158 doit = TRUE;
|
|
|
159 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
160 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
161 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
|
|
|
162 }
|
|
|
163 }
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
165 /* count tabs required for indent */
|
|
|
166 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
|
|
|
167 {
|
|
|
168 if (*p != TAB)
|
|
|
169 doit = TRUE;
|
|
|
170 else
|
|
|
171 ++p;
|
|
|
172 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
173 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
174 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
|
|
|
175 }
|
|
|
176 }
|
|
|
177 /* count spaces required for indent */
|
|
|
178 while (todo > 0)
|
|
|
179 {
|
|
|
180 if (*p != ' ')
|
|
|
181 doit = TRUE;
|
|
|
182 else
|
|
|
183 ++p;
|
|
|
184 --todo;
|
|
|
185 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
186 /* ++ind_done; */
|
|
|
187 }
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
189 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
|
|
|
190 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
|
|
|
191 return FALSE;
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
193 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
|
|
|
194 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
|
|
|
195 p = oldline;
|
|
|
196 else
|
|
|
197 p = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
198 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
|
|
|
199 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
|
|
|
200 if (newline == NULL)
|
|
|
201 return FALSE;
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
203 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
|
|
|
204 s = newline;
|
|
|
205 todo = size;
|
|
|
206 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
|
|
|
207 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
|
|
|
208 {
|
|
|
209 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
|
|
|
210 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
|
|
|
211 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
|
|
|
212 {
|
|
|
213 p = oldline;
|
|
|
214 ind_done = 0;
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
216 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
217 {
|
|
|
218 if (*p == TAB)
|
|
|
219 {
|
|
|
220 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
221 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
222 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
|
|
|
223 if (todo < tab_pad)
|
|
|
224 break;
|
|
|
225 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
226 ind_done += tab_pad;
|
|
|
227 }
|
|
|
228 else
|
|
|
229 {
|
|
|
230 --todo;
|
|
|
231 ++ind_done;
|
|
|
232 }
|
|
|
233 *s++ = *p++;
|
|
|
234 }
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
236 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
|
|
|
237 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
238 if (todo >= tab_pad)
|
|
|
239 {
|
|
|
240 *s++ = TAB;
|
|
|
241 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
242 }
|
|
|
243
|
|
|
244 p = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
245 }
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
247 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
|
|
|
248 {
|
|
|
249 *s++ = TAB;
|
|
|
250 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
251 }
|
|
|
252 }
|
|
|
253 while (todo > 0)
|
|
|
254 {
|
|
|
255 *s++ = ' ';
|
|
|
256 --todo;
|
|
|
257 }
|
|
|
258 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
260 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
|
|
|
261 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
|
|
|
262 {
|
|
|
263 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
|
|
|
264 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
|
|
|
265 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
|
|
|
266 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
|
|
|
267 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
|
268 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
|
|
|
269 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (p - oldline);
|
|
|
270 }
|
|
|
271 else
|
|
|
272 vim_free(newline);
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
274 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
|
|
|
275 return TRUE;
|
|
|
276 }
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
278 /*
|
|
|
279 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
|
|
|
280 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
|
|
|
281 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
|
|
|
282 */
|
|
|
283 static int
|
|
|
284 copy_indent(size, src)
|
|
|
285 int size;
|
|
|
286 char_u *src;
|
|
|
287 {
|
|
|
288 char_u *p = NULL;
|
|
|
289 char_u *line = NULL;
|
|
|
290 char_u *s;
|
|
|
291 int todo;
|
|
|
292 int ind_len;
|
|
|
293 int line_len = 0;
|
|
|
294 int tab_pad;
|
|
|
295 int ind_done;
|
|
|
296 int round;
|
|
|
297
|
|
|
298 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
|
|
|
299 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
|
|
|
300 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
301 {
|
|
|
302 todo = size;
|
|
|
303 ind_len = 0;
|
|
|
304 ind_done = 0;
|
|
|
305 s = src;
|
|
|
306
|
|
|
307 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
|
|
|
308 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
|
|
|
309 {
|
|
|
310 if (*s == TAB)
|
|
|
311 {
|
|
|
312 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
313 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
314 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
|
|
|
315 if (todo < tab_pad)
|
|
|
316 break;
|
|
|
317 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
318 ind_done += tab_pad;
|
|
|
319 }
|
|
|
320 else
|
|
|
321 {
|
|
|
322 --todo;
|
|
|
323 ++ind_done;
|
|
|
324 }
|
|
|
325 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
326 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
327 *p++ = *s;
|
|
|
328 ++s;
|
|
|
329 }
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
331 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
|
|
|
332 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
333 if (todo >= tab_pad)
|
|
|
334 {
|
|
|
335 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
336 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
337 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
338 *p++ = TAB;
|
|
|
339 }
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
341 /* Add tabs required for indent */
|
|
|
342 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
|
|
|
343 {
|
|
|
344 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
345 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
346 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
347 *p++ = TAB;
|
|
|
348 }
|
|
|
349
|
|
|
350 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
|
|
|
351 while (todo > 0)
|
|
|
352 {
|
|
|
353 --todo;
|
|
|
354 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
355 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
356 *p++ = ' ';
|
|
|
357 }
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
359 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
360 {
|
|
|
361 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
|
|
|
362 * and the rest of the line. */
|
|
|
363 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
|
|
|
364 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
|
|
|
365 if (line == NULL)
|
|
|
366 return FALSE;
|
|
|
367 p = line;
|
|
|
368 }
|
|
|
369 }
|
|
|
370
|
|
|
371 /* Append the original line */
|
|
|
372 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
|
|
|
373
|
|
|
374 /* Replace the line */
|
|
|
375 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
|
|
|
376
|
|
|
377 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
|
|
|
378 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
|
|
|
379 return TRUE;
|
|
|
380 }
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
382 /*
|
|
|
383 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
|
|
|
384 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
|
|
41
|
385 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
|
|
7
|
386 */
|
|
|
387 int
|
|
|
388 get_number_indent(lnum)
|
|
|
389 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
390 {
|
|
|
391 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
392 pos_T pos;
|
|
41
|
393 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
7
|
394
|
|
|
395 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
396 return -1;
|
|
41
|
397 pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
398 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
399 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
|
|
|
400 {
|
|
|
401 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
|
|
|
402 if (vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|
403 {
|
|
|
404 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
|
|
|
405 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
406 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
407 pos.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
408 #endif
|
|
|
409 }
|
|
|
410 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
411 }
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
413 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
|
|
7
|
414 return -1;
|
|
|
415 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
416 return (int)col;
|
|
|
417 }
|
|
|
418
|
|
|
419 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
421 static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
|
|
|
422
|
|
|
423 /*
|
|
|
424 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
|
|
|
425 */
|
|
|
426 static int
|
|
|
427 cin_is_cinword(line)
|
|
|
428 char_u *line;
|
|
|
429 {
|
|
|
430 char_u *cinw;
|
|
|
431 char_u *cinw_buf;
|
|
|
432 int cinw_len;
|
|
|
433 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
434 int len;
|
|
|
435
|
|
|
436 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
|
|
|
437 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
|
|
|
438 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
|
|
|
439 {
|
|
|
440 line = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
441 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
|
|
|
442 {
|
|
|
443 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
|
|
|
444 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
|
|
|
445 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
|
|
|
446 {
|
|
|
447 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
448 break;
|
|
|
449 }
|
|
|
450 }
|
|
|
451 vim_free(cinw_buf);
|
|
|
452 }
|
|
|
453 return retval;
|
|
|
454 }
|
|
|
455 #endif
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
457 /*
|
|
|
458 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
|
|
|
459 *
|
|
|
460 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
|
|
|
461 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
|
|
|
462 *
|
|
|
463 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
|
|
|
464 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
|
|
|
465 * new line.
|
|
|
466 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
|
|
|
467 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
|
|
|
468 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
|
|
|
469 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
|
|
|
470 *
|
|
|
471 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
|
|
|
472 */
|
|
|
473 int
|
|
|
474 open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
|
|
|
475 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
|
|
|
476 int flags;
|
|
|
477 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
|
|
|
478 {
|
|
|
479 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
|
|
|
480 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
|
|
|
481 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
|
|
|
482 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
|
|
|
483 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
|
|
|
484 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
|
|
|
485 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
|
|
|
486 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
|
|
|
487 int n;
|
|
|
488 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
|
|
|
489 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
|
|
|
490 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
491 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
|
|
|
492 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
|
|
|
493 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
|
|
|
494 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
|
|
|
495 #endif
|
|
|
496 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
|
|
|
497 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
|
|
|
498 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
|
|
|
499 char_u *p;
|
|
|
500 #endif
|
|
|
501 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
502 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
|
|
|
503 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
504 #endif
|
|
|
505 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
506 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
|
|
|
507 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
508 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
509 # endif
|
|
|
510 );
|
|
|
511 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
|
|
|
512 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
513 #endif
|
|
|
514 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
|
|
|
515 int vreplace_mode;
|
|
|
516 #endif
|
|
|
517 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
|
|
|
518 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
520 /*
|
|
|
521 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
|
|
|
522 */
|
|
|
523 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
524 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
525 return FALSE;
|
|
|
526
|
|
|
527 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
528 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
529 {
|
|
|
530 /*
|
|
|
531 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
|
|
|
532 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
|
|
|
533 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
|
|
|
534 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
|
|
|
535 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
|
|
|
536 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
|
|
|
537 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
|
|
|
538 */
|
|
|
539 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
|
|
|
540 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
|
|
|
541 else
|
|
|
542 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
|
|
|
543 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
544 goto theend;
|
|
|
545
|
|
|
546 /*
|
|
|
547 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
548 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
549 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
|
|
|
550 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
|
|
|
551 * etc) a bit later.
|
|
|
552 */
|
|
|
553 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
|
|
|
554 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
555 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
556 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
557 replace_push(*p++);
|
|
|
558 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
559 }
|
|
|
560 #endif
|
|
|
561
|
|
|
562 if ((State & INSERT)
|
|
|
563 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
564 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
565 #endif
|
|
|
566 )
|
|
|
567 {
|
|
|
568 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
569 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
570 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
|
|
|
571 {
|
|
|
572 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
|
|
|
573 first_char = *p;
|
|
|
574 }
|
|
|
575 #endif
|
|
|
576 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
577 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
|
|
|
578 #endif
|
|
|
579 saved_char = *p_extra;
|
|
|
580 *p_extra = NUL;
|
|
|
581 }
|
|
|
582
|
|
|
583 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
|
|
|
584 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
585 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
586 #endif
|
|
|
587 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
588
|
|
|
589 /*
|
|
|
590 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
|
|
|
591 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
|
|
|
592 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
|
|
|
593 */
|
|
|
594 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
|
|
|
595 trunc_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
596
|
|
|
597 /*
|
|
|
598 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
|
|
|
599 * indent to use for the new line.
|
|
|
600 */
|
|
|
601 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
602 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
603 || do_si
|
|
|
604 #endif
|
|
|
605 )
|
|
|
606 {
|
|
|
607 /*
|
|
|
608 * count white space on current line
|
|
|
609 */
|
|
|
610 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
611 if (newindent == 0)
|
|
|
612 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
614 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
615 /*
|
|
|
616 * Do smart indenting.
|
|
|
617 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
618 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
|
|
|
619 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
|
|
|
620 * "if (condition) {"
|
|
|
621 */
|
|
|
622 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
|
|
|
623 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
|
|
|
624 {
|
|
|
625 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
626 char_u last_char;
|
|
|
627
|
|
|
628 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
629 ptr = saved_line;
|
|
|
630 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
631 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
|
|
|
632 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
633 else
|
|
|
634 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
635 # endif
|
|
|
636 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
637 {
|
|
|
638 /*
|
|
|
639 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
|
|
|
640 * recognised as comments.
|
|
|
641 */
|
|
|
642 if (
|
|
|
643 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
644 lead_len == 0 &&
|
|
|
645 # endif
|
|
|
646 ptr[0] == '#')
|
|
|
647 {
|
|
|
648 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
649 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
650 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
651 }
|
|
|
652 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
653 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
|
|
|
654 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
655 else
|
|
|
656 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
657 if (lead_len > 0)
|
|
|
658 {
|
|
|
659 /*
|
|
|
660 * This case gets the following right:
|
|
|
661 * \*
|
|
|
662 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
|
|
|
663 * *\
|
|
|
664 * #define IN_THE_WAY
|
|
|
665 * This should line up here;
|
|
|
666 */
|
|
|
667 p = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
668 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
|
|
|
669 p++;
|
|
|
670 if (p[0] == '*')
|
|
|
671 {
|
|
|
672 for (p++; *p; p++)
|
|
|
673 {
|
|
|
674 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
|
|
|
675 {
|
|
|
676 /*
|
|
|
677 * End of C comment, indent should line up
|
|
|
678 * with the line containing the start of
|
|
|
679 * the comment
|
|
|
680 */
|
|
|
681 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
|
|
|
682 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
|
|
|
683 {
|
|
|
684 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
685 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
686 }
|
|
|
687 }
|
|
|
688 }
|
|
|
689 }
|
|
|
690 }
|
|
|
691 else /* Not a comment line */
|
|
|
692 # endif
|
|
|
693 {
|
|
|
694 /* Find last non-blank in line */
|
|
|
695 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
|
|
|
696 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
697 --p;
|
|
|
698 last_char = *p;
|
|
|
699
|
|
|
700 /*
|
|
|
701 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
|
|
|
702 */
|
|
|
703 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
|
|
|
704 {
|
|
|
705 if (p > ptr)
|
|
|
706 --p;
|
|
|
707 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
708 --p;
|
|
|
709 }
|
|
|
710 /*
|
|
|
711 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
|
|
|
712 * lines. eg:
|
|
|
713 * if (condition &&
|
|
|
714 * condition) {
|
|
|
715 * Should line up here!
|
|
|
716 * }
|
|
|
717 */
|
|
|
718 if (*p == ')')
|
|
|
719 {
|
|
|
720 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
|
|
|
721 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
722 {
|
|
|
723 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
724 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
725 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
726 }
|
|
|
727 }
|
|
|
728 /*
|
|
|
729 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
|
|
|
730 * checking for "if" and the like.
|
|
|
731 */
|
|
|
732 if (last_char == '{')
|
|
|
733 {
|
|
|
734 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
|
|
|
735 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
|
|
|
736 }
|
|
|
737 /*
|
|
|
738 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
|
|
|
739 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
|
|
|
740 * '}'.
|
|
|
741 */
|
|
|
742 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
|
|
|
743 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
|
|
|
744 did_si = TRUE;
|
|
|
745 }
|
|
|
746 }
|
|
|
747 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
|
|
|
748 {
|
|
|
749 /*
|
|
|
750 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
|
|
|
751 * recognised as comments.
|
|
|
752 */
|
|
|
753 if (
|
|
|
754 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
755 lead_len == 0 &&
|
|
|
756 # endif
|
|
|
757 ptr[0] == '#')
|
|
|
758 {
|
|
|
759 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
|
|
|
760
|
|
|
761 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
|
|
|
762 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
763 {
|
|
|
764 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
765 was_backslashed = TRUE;
|
|
|
766 else
|
|
|
767 was_backslashed = FALSE;
|
|
|
768 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
769 }
|
|
|
770 if (was_backslashed)
|
|
|
771 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
|
|
|
772 else
|
|
|
773 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
774 }
|
|
|
775 p = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
776 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
|
|
|
777 did_si = TRUE;
|
|
|
778 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
|
|
|
779 can_si_back = TRUE;
|
|
|
780 }
|
|
|
781 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
|
|
|
782 }
|
|
|
783 if (do_si)
|
|
|
784 can_si = TRUE;
|
|
|
785 #endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
|
|
|
786
|
|
|
787 did_ai = TRUE;
|
|
|
788 }
|
|
|
789
|
|
|
790 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
791 /*
|
|
|
792 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
|
|
|
793 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
|
|
|
794 */
|
|
|
795 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
796 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
|
|
|
797 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
|
|
|
798 else
|
|
|
799 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
800 if (lead_len > 0)
|
|
|
801 {
|
|
|
802 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
|
|
|
803 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
|
|
|
804 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
|
|
|
805 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
806 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
|
|
|
807 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
|
|
|
808 int current_flag;
|
|
|
809 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
|
|
|
810 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
811
|
|
|
812 /*
|
|
|
813 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
|
|
|
814 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
|
|
|
815 */
|
|
|
816 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
|
|
|
817 {
|
|
|
818 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
|
|
|
819 {
|
|
|
820 require_blank = TRUE;
|
|
|
821 continue;
|
|
|
822 }
|
|
|
823 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
|
|
|
824 {
|
|
|
825 current_flag = *p;
|
|
|
826 if (*p == COM_START)
|
|
|
827 {
|
|
|
828 /*
|
|
|
829 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
|
|
|
830 */
|
|
|
831 if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
832 {
|
|
|
833 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
834 break;
|
|
|
835 }
|
|
|
836
|
|
|
837 /* find start of middle part */
|
|
|
838 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
839 require_blank = FALSE;
|
|
|
840 }
|
|
|
841
|
|
|
842 /*
|
|
|
843 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
|
|
|
844 */
|
|
|
845 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
846 {
|
|
|
847 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
|
|
|
848 require_blank = TRUE;
|
|
|
849 ++p;
|
|
|
850 }
|
|
|
851 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
852
|
|
|
853 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
854 {
|
|
|
855 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
|
|
|
856 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
|
|
|
857 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
|
|
|
858 ++p;
|
|
|
859 }
|
|
|
860 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
861
|
|
|
862 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
|
|
|
863 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
|
|
|
864
|
|
|
865 /*
|
|
|
866 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
|
|
|
867 * the comment leader.
|
|
|
868 */
|
|
|
869 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
870 {
|
|
|
871 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
872 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
|
|
|
873 {
|
|
|
874 comment_end = p;
|
|
|
875 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
876 break;
|
|
|
877 }
|
|
|
878 }
|
|
|
879
|
|
|
880 /*
|
|
|
881 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
|
|
|
882 */
|
|
|
883 if (lead_len > 0)
|
|
|
884 {
|
|
|
885 if (current_flag == COM_START)
|
|
|
886 {
|
|
|
887 lead_repl = lead_middle;
|
|
|
888 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
|
|
|
889 }
|
|
|
890
|
|
|
891 /*
|
|
|
892 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
|
|
|
893 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
|
|
|
894 * comment leader on the next line.
|
|
|
895 */
|
|
|
896 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
|
|
|
897 && ((p_extra != NULL
|
|
|
898 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
|
|
|
899 || (p_extra == NULL
|
|
|
900 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
|
|
|
901 || require_blank))
|
|
|
902 extra_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
903 }
|
|
|
904 break;
|
|
|
905 }
|
|
|
906 if (*p == COM_END)
|
|
|
907 {
|
|
|
908 /*
|
|
|
909 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
|
|
|
910 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
|
|
|
911 * start (for C-comments).
|
|
|
912 */
|
|
|
913 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
914 {
|
|
|
915 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
|
|
|
916 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
917 break;
|
|
|
918 }
|
|
|
919
|
|
|
920 /*
|
|
|
921 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
|
|
|
922 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
|
|
|
923 */
|
|
|
924 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
|
|
|
925 --p;
|
|
|
926 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
|
|
|
927 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
|
|
|
928 ;
|
|
|
929 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
|
|
|
930
|
|
|
931 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
|
|
|
932 * the comment-end */
|
|
|
933 extra_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
935 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
|
|
|
936 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
|
|
|
937 {
|
|
|
938 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
|
|
|
939 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
|
|
|
940 }
|
|
|
941 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
|
|
|
942 {
|
|
|
943 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
|
|
|
944 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
|
|
|
945 p2++;
|
|
|
946 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
|
|
|
947 }
|
|
|
948 break;
|
|
|
949 }
|
|
|
950 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
|
|
|
951 {
|
|
|
952 /*
|
|
|
953 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
|
|
|
954 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
|
|
|
955 */
|
|
|
956 if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
957 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
958 else
|
|
|
959 {
|
|
|
960 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
961 lead_repl_len = 0;
|
|
|
962 }
|
|
|
963 break;
|
|
|
964 }
|
|
|
965 }
|
|
|
966 if (lead_len)
|
|
|
967 {
|
|
|
968 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
|
|
|
969 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
|
|
|
970 extra_len + 1);
|
|
|
971 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
|
|
|
972
|
|
|
973 if (leader == NULL)
|
|
|
974 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
975 else
|
|
|
976 {
|
|
|
977 STRNCPY(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
|
|
|
978 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
979
|
|
|
980 /*
|
|
|
981 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
|
|
|
982 */
|
|
|
983 if (lead_repl != NULL)
|
|
|
984 {
|
|
|
985 int c = 0;
|
|
|
986 int off = 0;
|
|
|
987
|
|
|
988 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
|
|
|
989 {
|
|
|
990 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
|
|
|
991 c = *p;
|
|
|
992 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
|
|
|
993 off = getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
994 }
|
|
|
995 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
|
|
|
996 {
|
|
|
997 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
|
|
|
998 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
|
|
|
999 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
|
|
|
1000 ;
|
|
|
1001 ++p;
|
|
17
|
1002
|
|
|
1003 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1004 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
|
|
|
1005 * screen characters, not bytes. */
|
|
|
1006 {
|
|
|
1007 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
|
|
|
1008 lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1009 int old_size = 0;
|
|
|
1010 char_u *endp = p;
|
|
|
1011 int l;
|
|
|
1012
|
|
|
1013 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
|
|
|
1014 {
|
|
39
|
1015 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
|
|
17
|
1016 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
|
|
|
1017 }
|
|
|
1018 l = lead_repl_len - (endp - p);
|
|
|
1019 if (l != 0)
|
|
|
1020 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
|
|
|
1021 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
|
|
|
1022 lead_len += l;
|
|
|
1023 }
|
|
|
1024 #else
|
|
7
|
1025 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
|
|
|
1026 p = leader;
|
|
|
1027 else
|
|
|
1028 p -= lead_repl_len;
|
|
17
|
1029 #endif
|
|
7
|
1030 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1031 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
|
|
|
1032 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1033
|
|
|
1034 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
|
|
|
1035 while (--p >= leader)
|
|
17
|
1036 {
|
|
|
1037 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1038 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
|
|
|
1039
|
|
|
1040 if (l > 1)
|
|
|
1041 {
|
|
|
1042 p -= l;
|
|
|
1043 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
|
|
|
1044 {
|
|
|
1045 p[1] = ' ';
|
|
|
1046 --l;
|
|
|
1047 }
|
|
|
1048 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
|
|
|
1049 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
|
|
|
1050 lead_len -= l;
|
|
|
1051 *p = ' ';
|
|
|
1052 }
|
|
|
1053 else
|
|
|
1054 #endif
|
|
7
|
1055 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
1056 *p = ' ';
|
|
17
|
1057 }
|
|
7
|
1058 }
|
|
|
1059 else /* left adjusted leader */
|
|
|
1060 {
|
|
|
1061 p = skipwhite(leader);
|
|
17
|
1062 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1063 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
|
|
|
1064 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
|
|
|
1065 * not to be overwritten. */
|
|
|
1066 {
|
|
|
1067 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
|
|
|
1068 lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1069 int i;
|
|
|
1070 int l;
|
|
|
1071
|
|
|
1072 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
|
|
|
1073 {
|
|
|
1074 l = mb_ptr2len_check(p + i);
|
|
|
1075 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
|
|
|
1076 break;
|
|
|
1077 }
|
|
|
1078 if (i != lead_repl_len)
|
|
|
1079 {
|
|
|
1080 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
|
|
|
1081 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (leader - p)));
|
|
|
1082 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
|
|
|
1083 }
|
|
|
1084 }
|
|
|
1085 #endif
|
|
7
|
1086 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1087
|
|
|
1088 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
|
|
|
1089 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
|
|
|
1090 * remain the same. */
|
|
|
1091 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
|
|
|
1092 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
1093 {
|
|
|
1094 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
|
|
|
1095 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
|
|
|
1096 {
|
|
|
1097 --lead_len;
|
|
|
1098 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
|
|
|
1099 (leader + lead_len) - p);
|
|
|
1100 }
|
|
|
1101 else
|
|
17
|
1102 {
|
|
|
1103 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1104 int l = mb_ptr2len_check(p);
|
|
|
1105
|
|
|
1106 if (l > 1)
|
|
|
1107 {
|
|
|
1108 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
|
|
|
1109 {
|
|
|
1110 /* Replace a double-wide char with
|
|
|
1111 * two spaces */
|
|
|
1112 --l;
|
|
|
1113 *p++ = ' ';
|
|
|
1114 }
|
|
|
1115 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
|
|
|
1116 (leader + lead_len) - p);
|
|
|
1117 lead_len -= l - 1;
|
|
|
1118 }
|
|
|
1119 #endif
|
|
7
|
1120 *p = ' ';
|
|
17
|
1121 }
|
|
7
|
1122 }
|
|
|
1123 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
1124 }
|
|
|
1125
|
|
|
1126 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
|
|
|
1127 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
1128 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1129 || do_si
|
|
|
1130 #endif
|
|
|
1131 )
|
|
|
1132 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
1133
|
|
|
1134 /* Add the indent offset */
|
|
|
1135 if (newindent + off < 0)
|
|
|
1136 {
|
|
|
1137 off = -newindent;
|
|
|
1138 newindent = 0;
|
|
|
1139 }
|
|
|
1140 else
|
|
|
1141 newindent += off;
|
|
|
1142
|
|
|
1143 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
|
|
|
1144 * alignment remains equal. */
|
|
|
1145 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
|
|
|
1146 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
1147 {
|
|
|
1148 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
|
|
|
1149 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
|
|
|
1150 break;
|
|
|
1151 --lead_len;
|
|
|
1152 --off;
|
|
|
1153 }
|
|
|
1154
|
|
|
1155 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
|
|
|
1156 * extra space */
|
|
|
1157 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
|
|
|
1158 extra_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1159 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1160 }
|
|
|
1161
|
|
|
1162 if (extra_space)
|
|
|
1163 {
|
|
|
1164 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
1165 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1166 }
|
|
|
1167
|
|
|
1168 newcol = lead_len;
|
|
|
1169
|
|
|
1170 /*
|
|
|
1171 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
|
|
|
1172 * is in the comment leader
|
|
|
1173 */
|
|
|
1174 if (newindent
|
|
|
1175 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1176 || did_si
|
|
|
1177 #endif
|
|
|
1178 )
|
|
|
1179 {
|
|
|
1180 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
|
|
|
1181 {
|
|
|
1182 --lead_len;
|
|
|
1183 --newcol;
|
|
|
1184 ++leader;
|
|
|
1185 }
|
|
|
1186 }
|
|
|
1187
|
|
|
1188 }
|
|
|
1189 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1190 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
1191 #endif
|
|
|
1192 }
|
|
|
1193 else if (comment_end != NULL)
|
|
|
1194 {
|
|
|
1195 /*
|
|
|
1196 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
|
|
|
1197 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
|
|
|
1198 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
|
|
|
1199 * comment.
|
|
|
1200 */
|
|
|
1201 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
|
|
|
1202 (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
1203 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1204 || do_si
|
|
|
1205 #endif
|
|
|
1206 ))
|
|
|
1207 {
|
|
|
1208 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1209 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
|
|
|
1210 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
|
|
|
1211 {
|
|
|
1212 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
1213 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
1214 }
|
|
|
1215 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
|
|
|
1216 }
|
|
|
1217 }
|
|
|
1218 }
|
|
|
1219 #endif
|
|
|
1220
|
|
|
1221 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
|
|
|
1222 if (p_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
1223 {
|
|
|
1224 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
|
|
|
1225
|
|
|
1226 /*
|
|
|
1227 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
|
|
|
1228 * non-blank.
|
|
|
1229 *
|
|
|
1230 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
|
|
|
1231 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
|
|
|
1232 */
|
|
|
1233 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1234 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
|
|
|
1235 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
|
|
|
1236 {
|
|
|
1237 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
|
|
|
1238 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1239 && (!enc_utf8
|
|
|
1240 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
|
|
|
1241 #endif
|
|
|
1242 )
|
|
|
1243 {
|
|
|
1244 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1245 replace_push(*p_extra);
|
|
|
1246 ++p_extra;
|
|
|
1247 ++less_cols_off;
|
|
|
1248 }
|
|
|
1249 }
|
|
|
1250 if (*p_extra != NUL)
|
|
|
1251 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
|
|
|
1252
|
|
|
1253 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
|
|
|
1254 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
|
|
|
1255 }
|
|
|
1256
|
|
|
1257 if (p_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
1258 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
|
|
|
1259
|
|
|
1260 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
1261 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
|
|
|
1262 if (lead_len)
|
|
|
1263 {
|
|
|
1264 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
|
|
|
1265 p_extra = leader;
|
|
|
1266 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
|
|
|
1267 less_cols -= lead_len;
|
|
|
1268 }
|
|
|
1269 else
|
|
|
1270 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
|
|
|
1271 #endif
|
|
|
1272
|
|
|
1273 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1274 if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
1275 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
1276 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1277 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
|
|
|
1278 #endif
|
|
|
1279 {
|
|
|
1280 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
|
|
|
1281 == FAIL)
|
|
|
1282 goto theend;
|
|
|
1283 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
|
|
|
1284 * with markers. */
|
|
|
1285 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
|
|
|
1286 did_append = TRUE;
|
|
|
1287 }
|
|
|
1288 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1289 else
|
|
|
1290 {
|
|
|
1291 /*
|
|
|
1292 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
|
|
|
1293 */
|
|
|
1294 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
|
|
|
1295 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
|
|
|
1296 {
|
|
|
1297 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
|
|
|
1298 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
|
|
|
1299 */
|
|
|
1300 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
|
|
|
1301 vr_lines_changed++;
|
|
|
1302 }
|
|
|
1303 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
|
|
|
1304 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
|
|
|
1305 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
1306 did_append = FALSE;
|
|
|
1307 }
|
|
|
1308 #endif
|
|
|
1309
|
|
|
1310 if (newindent
|
|
|
1311 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1312 || did_si
|
|
|
1313 #endif
|
|
|
1314 )
|
|
|
1315 {
|
|
|
1316 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
1317 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1318 if (did_si)
|
|
|
1319 {
|
|
|
1320 if (p_sr)
|
|
|
1321 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
1322 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
1323 }
|
|
|
1324 #endif
|
|
|
1325 /* Copy the indent only if expand tab is disabled */
|
|
|
1326 if (curbuf->b_p_ci && !curbuf->b_p_et)
|
|
|
1327 {
|
|
|
1328 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
|
|
|
1329
|
|
|
1330 /*
|
|
|
1331 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
|
|
|
1332 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
|
|
|
1333 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
|
|
|
1334 */
|
|
|
1335 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
|
|
|
1336 }
|
|
|
1337 else
|
|
|
1338 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
|
|
|
1339 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1340
|
|
|
1341 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1342
|
|
|
1343 /*
|
|
|
1344 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
|
|
|
1345 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
|
|
|
1346 */
|
|
|
1347 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1348 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
|
|
|
1349 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1350 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1351 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1352 if (no_si)
|
|
|
1353 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
1354 #endif
|
|
|
1355 }
|
|
|
1356
|
|
|
1357 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
1358 /*
|
|
|
1359 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
|
|
|
1360 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
|
|
|
1361 */
|
|
|
1362 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1363 while (lead_len-- > 0)
|
|
|
1364 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1365 #endif
|
|
|
1366
|
|
|
1367 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
|
|
|
1368
|
|
|
1369 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
1370 {
|
|
|
1371 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1372 {
|
|
|
1373 /* truncate current line at cursor */
|
|
|
1374 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1375 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
|
|
|
1376 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
|
|
|
1377 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
|
|
|
1378 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1379 saved_line = NULL;
|
|
|
1380 if (did_append)
|
|
|
1381 {
|
|
|
1382 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
1383 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
|
|
|
1384 did_append = FALSE;
|
|
|
1385
|
|
|
1386 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
|
|
|
1387 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
|
|
|
1388 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
1389 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
|
|
|
1390 1L, (long)-less_cols);
|
|
|
1391 }
|
|
|
1392 else
|
|
|
1393 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
1394 }
|
|
|
1395
|
|
|
1396 /*
|
|
|
1397 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
|
|
|
1398 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
|
|
|
1399 */
|
|
|
1400 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
|
|
|
1401 }
|
|
|
1402 if (did_append)
|
|
|
1403 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
|
|
|
1404
|
|
|
1405 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
|
|
|
1406 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
1407 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
1408 #endif
|
|
|
1409
|
|
|
1410 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
|
|
|
1411 /*
|
|
|
1412 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
|
|
|
1413 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
|
|
|
1414 * normal INSERT mode.
|
|
|
1415 */
|
|
|
1416 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1417 {
|
|
|
1418 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
|
|
|
1419 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1420 }
|
|
|
1421 else
|
|
|
1422 vreplace_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1423 #endif
|
|
|
1424 #ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
1425 /*
|
|
|
1426 * May do lisp indenting.
|
|
|
1427 */
|
|
|
1428 if (!p_paste
|
|
|
1429 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
1430 && leader == NULL
|
|
|
1431 # endif
|
|
|
1432 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
|
|
|
1433 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
1434 {
|
|
|
1435 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
1436 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1437 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
|
|
|
1438 }
|
|
|
1439 #endif
|
|
|
1440 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1441 /*
|
|
|
1442 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
|
|
|
1443 */
|
|
|
1444 if (!p_paste
|
|
|
1445 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
1446 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
1447 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
1448 # endif
|
|
|
1449 )
|
|
|
1450 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
|
|
|
1451 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
1452 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
|
|
|
1453 {
|
|
|
1454 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1455 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1456 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
|
|
|
1457 }
|
|
|
1458 #endif
|
|
|
1459 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
|
|
|
1460 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
|
|
|
1461 State = vreplace_mode;
|
|
|
1462 #endif
|
|
|
1463
|
|
|
1464 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1465 /*
|
|
|
1466 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
|
|
|
1467 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
|
|
|
1468 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
|
|
|
1469 */
|
|
|
1470 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1471 {
|
|
|
1472 /* Put new line in p_extra */
|
|
|
1473 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1474 if (p_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
1475 goto theend;
|
|
|
1476
|
|
|
1477 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1478 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1479
|
|
|
1480 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1481 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1482 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
1483 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
1484 #endif
|
|
|
1485 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
|
|
|
1486 vim_free(p_extra);
|
|
|
1487 next_line = NULL;
|
|
|
1488 }
|
|
|
1489 #endif
|
|
|
1490
|
|
|
1491 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
|
|
|
1492 theend:
|
|
|
1493 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
|
|
|
1494 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
1495 vim_free(next_line);
|
|
|
1496 vim_free(allocated);
|
|
|
1497 return retval;
|
|
|
1498 }
|
|
|
1499
|
|
|
1500 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1501 /*
|
|
|
1502 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
|
|
|
1503 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
|
|
|
1504 * returned.
|
|
|
1505 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
|
|
|
1506 * comment leader.
|
|
|
1507 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
|
|
|
1508 */
|
|
|
1509 int
|
|
|
1510 get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
|
|
|
1511 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1512 char_u **flags;
|
|
|
1513 int backward;
|
|
|
1514 {
|
|
|
1515 int i, j;
|
|
|
1516 int got_com = FALSE;
|
|
|
1517 int found_one;
|
|
|
1518 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
|
|
|
1519 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
|
|
|
1520 char_u *list;
|
|
|
1521
|
|
|
1522 i = 0;
|
|
|
1523 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
|
|
|
1524 ++i;
|
|
|
1525
|
|
|
1526 /*
|
|
|
1527 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
|
|
|
1528 */
|
|
|
1529 while (line[i])
|
|
|
1530 {
|
|
|
1531 /*
|
|
|
1532 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
|
|
|
1533 */
|
|
|
1534 found_one = FALSE;
|
|
|
1535 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
|
|
|
1536 {
|
|
|
1537 /*
|
|
|
1538 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
|
|
|
1539 * put string at start of string.
|
|
|
1540 */
|
|
|
1541 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
|
|
|
1542 *flags = list;
|
|
|
1543 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
1544 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
|
|
|
1545 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
|
|
|
1546 continue;
|
|
|
1547 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
|
|
|
1548
|
|
|
1549 /*
|
|
|
1550 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
|
|
|
1551 * nested comments.
|
|
|
1552 */
|
|
|
1553 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
|
|
|
1554 continue;
|
|
|
1555
|
|
|
1556 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
|
|
|
1557 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
|
|
|
1558 continue;
|
|
|
1559
|
|
|
1560 /*
|
|
|
1561 * Line contents and string must match.
|
|
|
1562 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
|
|
|
1563 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
|
|
|
1564 * TABs and spaces).
|
|
|
1565 */
|
|
|
1566 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
|
|
|
1567 {
|
|
|
1568 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
|
|
|
1569 continue;
|
|
|
1570 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
|
|
|
1571 ++string;
|
|
|
1572 }
|
|
|
1573 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
|
|
|
1574 ;
|
|
|
1575 if (string[j] != NUL)
|
|
|
1576 continue;
|
|
|
1577
|
|
|
1578 /*
|
|
|
1579 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
|
|
|
1580 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
|
|
|
1581 */
|
|
|
1582 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
|
|
|
1583 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
|
|
|
1584 continue;
|
|
|
1585
|
|
|
1586 /*
|
|
|
1587 * We have found a match, stop searching.
|
|
|
1588 */
|
|
|
1589 i += j;
|
|
|
1590 got_com = TRUE;
|
|
|
1591 found_one = TRUE;
|
|
|
1592 break;
|
|
|
1593 }
|
|
|
1594
|
|
|
1595 /*
|
|
|
1596 * No match found, stop scanning.
|
|
|
1597 */
|
|
|
1598 if (!found_one)
|
|
|
1599 break;
|
|
|
1600
|
|
|
1601 /*
|
|
|
1602 * Include any trailing white space.
|
|
|
1603 */
|
|
|
1604 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
1605 ++i;
|
|
|
1606
|
|
|
1607 /*
|
|
|
1608 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
|
|
|
1609 */
|
|
|
1610 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
|
|
|
1611 break;
|
|
|
1612 }
|
|
|
1613 return (got_com ? i : 0);
|
|
|
1614 }
|
|
|
1615 #endif
|
|
|
1616
|
|
|
1617 /*
|
|
|
1618 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
|
|
|
1619 */
|
|
|
1620 int
|
|
|
1621 plines(lnum)
|
|
|
1622 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1623 {
|
|
|
1624 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
|
|
|
1625 }
|
|
|
1626
|
|
|
1627 int
|
|
|
1628 plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
|
|
|
1629 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1630 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1631 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
|
|
|
1632 {
|
|
|
1633 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1634 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
|
|
|
1635 * is one line anyway. */
|
|
|
1636 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
1637 }
|
|
|
1638
|
|
|
1639 int
|
|
|
1640 plines_nofill(lnum)
|
|
|
1641 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1642 {
|
|
|
1643 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
|
|
|
1644 }
|
|
|
1645
|
|
|
1646 int
|
|
|
1647 plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
|
|
|
1648 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1649 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1650 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
|
|
|
1651 {
|
|
|
1652 #endif
|
|
|
1653 int lines;
|
|
|
1654
|
|
|
1655 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
|
|
|
1656 return 1;
|
|
|
1657
|
|
|
1658 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
1659 if (wp->w_width == 0)
|
|
|
1660 return 1;
|
|
|
1661 #endif
|
|
|
1662
|
|
|
1663 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1664 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
|
|
|
1665 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
|
|
|
1666 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
|
|
|
1667 return 1;
|
|
|
1668 #endif
|
|
|
1669
|
|
|
1670 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
1671 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
|
|
|
1672 return (int)wp->w_height;
|
|
|
1673 return lines;
|
|
|
1674 }
|
|
|
1675
|
|
|
1676 /*
|
|
|
1677 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
|
|
|
1678 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
|
|
|
1679 */
|
|
|
1680 int
|
|
|
1681 plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
1682 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1683 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1684 {
|
|
|
1685 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1686 long col;
|
|
|
1687 int width;
|
|
|
1688
|
|
|
1689 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1690 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
|
|
|
1691 return 1;
|
|
|
1692 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
1693
|
|
|
1694 /*
|
|
|
1695 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
|
|
|
1696 * extra column.
|
|
|
1697 */
|
|
|
1698 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
|
|
|
1699 col += 1;
|
|
|
1700
|
|
|
1701 /*
|
|
|
1702 * Add column offset for 'number' and 'foldcolumn'.
|
|
|
1703 */
|
|
|
1704 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
|
|
|
1705 if (width <= 0)
|
|
|
1706 return 32000;
|
|
|
1707 if (col <= width)
|
|
|
1708 return 1;
|
|
|
1709 col -= width;
|
|
|
1710 width += win_col_off2(wp);
|
|
|
1711 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
|
|
|
1712 }
|
|
|
1713
|
|
|
1714 /*
|
|
|
1715 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
|
|
|
1716 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
|
|
|
1717 */
|
|
|
1718 int
|
|
|
1719 plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
|
|
|
1720 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1721 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1722 long column;
|
|
|
1723 {
|
|
|
1724 long col;
|
|
|
1725 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1726 int lines = 0;
|
|
|
1727 int width;
|
|
|
1728
|
|
|
1729 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
1730 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
|
|
|
1731 * is one line anyway. */
|
|
|
1732 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
1733 #endif
|
|
|
1734
|
|
|
1735 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
|
|
|
1736 return lines + 1;
|
|
|
1737
|
|
|
1738 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
1739 if (wp->w_width == 0)
|
|
|
1740 return lines + 1;
|
|
|
1741 #endif
|
|
|
1742
|
|
|
1743 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1744
|
|
|
1745 col = 0;
|
|
|
1746 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
|
|
|
1747 {
|
|
|
1748 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
|
|
39
|
1749 mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
7
|
1750 }
|
|
|
1751
|
|
|
1752 /*
|
|
|
1753 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
|
|
|
1754 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
|
|
|
1755 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
|
|
|
1756 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
|
|
|
1757 * 'ts') -- webb.
|
|
|
1758 */
|
|
|
1759 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
|
|
|
1760 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
|
|
|
1761
|
|
|
1762 /*
|
|
|
1763 * Add column offset for 'number', 'foldcolumn', etc.
|
|
|
1764 */
|
|
|
1765 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
|
|
|
1766 if (width > 0)
|
|
|
1767 {
|
|
|
1768 lines += 1;
|
|
|
1769 if (col >= width)
|
|
|
1770 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp));
|
|
|
1771 if (lines <= wp->w_height)
|
|
|
1772 return lines;
|
|
|
1773 }
|
|
|
1774 return (int)(wp->w_height); /* maximum length */
|
|
|
1775 }
|
|
|
1776
|
|
|
1777 int
|
|
|
1778 plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
|
|
|
1779 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1780 linenr_T first, last;
|
|
|
1781 {
|
|
|
1782 int count = 0;
|
|
|
1783
|
|
|
1784 while (first <= last)
|
|
|
1785 {
|
|
|
1786 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1787 int x;
|
|
|
1788
|
|
|
1789 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
|
|
|
1790 * that are maybe folded. */
|
|
|
1791 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
|
|
|
1792 if (x > 0)
|
|
|
1793 {
|
|
|
1794 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
|
|
|
1795 first += x;
|
|
|
1796 }
|
|
|
1797 else
|
|
|
1798 #endif
|
|
|
1799 {
|
|
|
1800 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
1801 if (first == wp->w_topline)
|
|
|
1802 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
|
|
|
1803 else
|
|
|
1804 #endif
|
|
|
1805 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
|
|
|
1806 ++first;
|
|
|
1807 }
|
|
|
1808 }
|
|
|
1809 return (count);
|
|
|
1810 }
|
|
|
1811
|
|
|
1812 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1813 /*
|
|
|
1814 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
|
|
|
1815 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1816 */
|
|
|
1817 void
|
|
|
1818 ins_bytes(p)
|
|
|
1819 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1820 {
|
|
|
1821 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
|
|
|
1822 }
|
|
|
1823 #endif
|
|
|
1824
|
|
|
1825 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1826 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1827 /*
|
|
|
1828 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
|
|
|
1829 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1830 */
|
|
|
1831 void
|
|
|
1832 ins_bytes_len(p, len)
|
|
|
1833 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1834 int len;
|
|
|
1835 {
|
|
|
1836 int i;
|
|
|
1837 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1838 int n;
|
|
|
1839
|
|
|
1840 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
|
|
|
1841 {
|
|
|
1842 n = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p + i);
|
|
|
1843 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
|
|
|
1844 }
|
|
|
1845 # else
|
|
|
1846 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
1847 ins_char(p[i]);
|
|
|
1848 # endif
|
|
|
1849 }
|
|
|
1850 #endif
|
|
|
1851
|
|
|
1852 /*
|
|
|
1853 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
|
|
|
1854 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
|
|
|
1855 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
1856 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
|
|
|
1857 * convert bytes to a character.
|
|
|
1858 */
|
|
|
1859 void
|
|
|
1860 ins_char(c)
|
|
|
1861 int c;
|
|
|
1862 {
|
|
|
1863 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1864 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
1865 int n;
|
|
|
1866
|
|
|
1867 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
1868
|
|
|
1869 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
|
|
|
1870 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
|
|
|
1871 if (buf[0] == 0)
|
|
|
1872 buf[0] = '\n';
|
|
|
1873
|
|
|
1874 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
|
|
|
1875 }
|
|
|
1876
|
|
|
1877 void
|
|
|
1878 ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
|
|
|
1879 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1880 int charlen;
|
|
|
1881 {
|
|
|
1882 int c = buf[0];
|
|
|
1883 int l, j;
|
|
|
1884 #endif
|
|
|
1885 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
|
|
|
1886 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
|
|
|
1887 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1888 char_u *newp;
|
|
|
1889 char_u *oldp;
|
|
|
1890 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
|
|
|
1891 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1892 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
1893 int i;
|
|
|
1894
|
|
|
1895 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
1896 /* Break tabs if needed. */
|
|
|
1897 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
1898 coladvance_force(getviscol());
|
|
|
1899 #endif
|
|
|
1900
|
|
|
1901 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1902 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
1903 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
|
|
|
1904
|
|
|
1905 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
|
|
|
1906 oldlen = 0;
|
|
|
1907 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1908 newlen = charlen;
|
|
|
1909 #else
|
|
|
1910 newlen = 1;
|
|
|
1911 #endif
|
|
|
1912
|
|
|
1913 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1914 {
|
|
|
1915 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1916 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1917 {
|
|
|
1918 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1919 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
1920 int old_list;
|
|
|
1921 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1922 char_u buf[2];
|
|
|
1923 #endif
|
|
|
1924
|
|
|
1925 /*
|
|
|
1926 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
1927 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
|
|
|
1928 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
|
|
|
1929 */
|
|
|
1930 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1931 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
1932 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1933
|
|
|
1934 /*
|
|
|
1935 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
|
|
|
1936 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
|
|
|
1937 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
|
|
|
1938 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
|
|
|
1939 */
|
|
|
1940 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
1941 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1942 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
1943 buf[1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1944 #endif
|
|
|
1945 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
|
|
|
1946 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
|
|
|
1947 {
|
|
|
1948 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
|
|
|
1949 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
|
|
|
1950 * position. */
|
|
|
1951 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
|
|
|
1952 break;
|
|
|
1953 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1954 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(oldp + col + oldlen);
|
|
|
1955 #else
|
|
|
1956 ++oldlen;
|
|
|
1957 #endif
|
|
|
1958 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
|
|
|
1959 if (vcol > new_vcol)
|
|
|
1960 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
|
|
|
1961 }
|
|
|
1962 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
|
|
|
1963 }
|
|
|
1964 else
|
|
|
1965 #endif
|
|
|
1966 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
|
|
|
1967 {
|
|
|
1968 /* normal replace */
|
|
|
1969 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1970 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(oldp + col);
|
|
|
1971 #else
|
|
|
1972 oldlen = 1;
|
|
|
1973 #endif
|
|
|
1974 }
|
|
|
1975
|
|
|
1976
|
|
|
1977 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
|
|
|
1978 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
|
|
|
1979 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
|
|
|
1980 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
|
|
|
1981 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1982 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
|
|
|
1983 {
|
|
|
1984 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1985 l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(oldp + col + i) - 1;
|
|
|
1986 for (j = l; j >= 0; --j)
|
|
|
1987 replace_push(oldp[col + i + j]);
|
|
|
1988 i += l;
|
|
|
1989 #else
|
|
|
1990 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
|
|
|
1991 #endif
|
|
|
1992 }
|
|
|
1993 }
|
|
|
1994
|
|
|
1995 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
|
|
|
1996 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
1997 return;
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
1999 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
|
|
|
2000 if (col > 0)
|
|
|
2001 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
|
|
|
2004 p = newp + col;
|
|
|
2005 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
|
|
|
2006 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
|
|
|
2009 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2010 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
|
|
|
2011 i = charlen;
|
|
|
2012 #else
|
|
|
2013 *p = c;
|
|
|
2014 i = 1;
|
|
|
2015 #endif
|
|
|
2016
|
|
|
2017 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
|
|
|
2018 while (i < newlen)
|
|
|
2019 p[i++] = ' ';
|
|
|
2020
|
|
|
2021 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
|
|
|
2022 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2023
|
|
|
2024 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2025 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
|
|
|
2026
|
|
|
2027 /*
|
|
|
2028 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
|
|
|
2029 * show the match for right parens and braces.
|
|
|
2030 */
|
|
|
2031 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
2032 && msg_silent == 0
|
|
|
2033 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2034 && charlen == 1
|
|
|
2035 #endif
|
|
|
2036 )
|
|
|
2037 showmatch(c);
|
|
|
2038
|
|
|
2039 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
2040 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2041 #endif
|
|
|
2042 {
|
|
|
2043 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
|
|
|
2044 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2045 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
|
|
|
2046 #else
|
|
|
2047 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2048 #endif
|
|
|
2049 }
|
|
|
2050 /*
|
|
|
2051 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
|
|
|
2052 */
|
|
|
2053 }
|
|
|
2054
|
|
|
2055 /*
|
|
|
2056 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
|
|
|
2057 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
|
|
|
2058 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2059 */
|
|
|
2060 void
|
|
|
2061 ins_str(s)
|
|
|
2062 char_u *s;
|
|
|
2063 {
|
|
|
2064 char_u *oldp, *newp;
|
|
|
2065 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
2066 int oldlen;
|
|
|
2067 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2068 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
2069
|
|
|
2070 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
2071 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
2072 coladvance_force(getviscol());
|
|
|
2073 #endif
|
|
|
2074
|
|
|
2075 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2076 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
2077 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
|
|
|
2078
|
|
|
2079 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
|
|
|
2080 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
2081 return;
|
|
|
2082 if (col > 0)
|
|
|
2083 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
|
|
|
2084 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
|
|
|
2085 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
|
|
|
2086 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2087 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
|
|
|
2088 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
|
|
|
2089 }
|
|
|
2090
|
|
|
2091 /*
|
|
|
2092 * Delete one character under the cursor.
|
|
|
2093 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
|
|
|
2094 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2095 *
|
|
|
2096 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
2097 */
|
|
|
2098 int
|
|
|
2099 del_char(fixpos)
|
|
|
2100 int fixpos;
|
|
|
2101 {
|
|
|
2102 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2103 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2104 {
|
|
|
2105 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
|
|
|
2106 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
2107 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
2108 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2109 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
|
|
|
2110 }
|
|
|
2111 #endif
|
|
|
2112 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos);
|
|
|
2113 }
|
|
|
2114
|
|
|
2115 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2116 /*
|
|
|
2117 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
|
|
|
2118 */
|
|
|
2119 int
|
|
|
2120 del_chars(count, fixpos)
|
|
|
2121 long count;
|
|
|
2122 int fixpos;
|
|
|
2123 {
|
|
|
2124 long bytes = 0;
|
|
|
2125 long i;
|
|
|
2126 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2127 int l;
|
|
|
2128
|
|
|
2129 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
2130 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
|
|
|
2131 {
|
|
|
2132 l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p);
|
|
|
2133 bytes += l;
|
|
|
2134 p += l;
|
|
|
2135 }
|
|
|
2136 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos);
|
|
|
2137 }
|
|
|
2138 #endif
|
|
|
2139
|
|
|
2140 /*
|
|
|
2141 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
|
|
|
2142 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
|
|
|
2143 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2144 *
|
|
|
2145 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
2146 */
|
|
|
2147 int
|
|
|
2148 del_bytes(count, fixpos)
|
|
|
2149 long count;
|
|
|
2150 int fixpos;
|
|
|
2151 {
|
|
|
2152 char_u *oldp, *newp;
|
|
|
2153 colnr_T oldlen;
|
|
|
2154 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
2155 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2156 int was_alloced;
|
|
|
2157 long movelen;
|
|
|
2158
|
|
|
2159 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
2160 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
|
|
|
2161
|
|
|
2162 /*
|
|
|
2163 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
|
|
|
2164 */
|
|
|
2165 if (col >= oldlen)
|
|
|
2166 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2167
|
|
|
2168 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2169 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
|
|
|
2170 * delete the last combining character. */
|
|
22
|
2171 if (p_deco && enc_utf8 && utfc_ptr2len_check(oldp + col) >= count)
|
|
7
|
2172 {
|
|
|
2173 int c1, c2;
|
|
|
2174 int n;
|
|
|
2175
|
|
|
2176 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, &c1, &c2);
|
|
|
2177 if (c1 != NUL)
|
|
|
2178 {
|
|
|
2179 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
|
|
|
2180 n = col;
|
|
|
2181 do
|
|
|
2182 {
|
|
|
2183 col = n;
|
|
|
2184 count = utf_ptr2len_check(oldp + n);
|
|
|
2185 n += count;
|
|
|
2186 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
|
|
|
2187 fixpos = 0;
|
|
|
2188 }
|
|
|
2189 }
|
|
|
2190 #endif
|
|
|
2191
|
|
|
2192 /*
|
|
|
2193 * When count is too big, reduce it.
|
|
|
2194 */
|
|
|
2195 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
|
|
|
2196 if (movelen <= 1)
|
|
|
2197 {
|
|
|
2198 /*
|
|
|
2199 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
|
|
|
2200 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
|
|
|
2201 */
|
|
|
2202 if (col > 0 && fixpos)
|
|
|
2203 {
|
|
|
2204 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2205 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
2206 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
2207 #endif
|
|
|
2208 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2209 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2210 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
|
|
|
2211 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
2212 #endif
|
|
|
2213 }
|
|
|
2214 count = oldlen - col;
|
|
|
2215 movelen = 1;
|
|
|
2216 }
|
|
|
2217
|
|
|
2218 /*
|
|
|
2219 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
|
|
|
2220 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
|
|
|
2221 */
|
|
|
2222 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
|
|
|
2223 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
2224 if (was_alloced && usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
2225 netbeans_removed(curbuf, lnum, col, count);
|
|
|
2226 /* else is handled by ml_replace() */
|
|
|
2227 #endif
|
|
|
2228 if (was_alloced)
|
|
|
2229 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
|
|
|
2230 else
|
|
|
2231 { /* need to allocate a new line */
|
|
|
2232 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
|
|
|
2233 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
2234 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2235 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
|
|
|
2236 }
|
|
|
2237 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
|
|
|
2238 if (!was_alloced)
|
|
|
2239 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2240
|
|
|
2241 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2242 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
2243
|
|
|
2244 return OK;
|
|
|
2245 }
|
|
|
2246
|
|
|
2247 /*
|
|
|
2248 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
|
|
|
2249 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2250 *
|
|
|
2251 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
2252 */
|
|
|
2253 int
|
|
|
2254 truncate_line(fixpos)
|
|
|
2255 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
|
|
|
2256 {
|
|
|
2257 char_u *newp;
|
|
|
2258 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
2259 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2260
|
|
|
2261 if (col == 0)
|
|
|
2262 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
|
|
|
2263 else
|
|
|
2264 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
|
|
|
2265
|
|
|
2266 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
2267 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2268
|
|
|
2269 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2270
|
|
|
2271 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2272 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
2273
|
|
|
2274 /*
|
|
|
2275 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
|
|
|
2276 */
|
|
|
2277 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
2278 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2279
|
|
|
2280 return OK;
|
|
|
2281 }
|
|
|
2282
|
|
|
2283 /*
|
|
|
2284 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
|
|
|
2285 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
|
|
|
2286 */
|
|
|
2287 void
|
|
|
2288 del_lines(nlines, undo)
|
|
|
2289 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
|
|
|
2290 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
|
|
|
2291 {
|
|
|
2292 long n;
|
|
|
2293
|
|
|
2294 if (nlines <= 0)
|
|
|
2295 return;
|
|
|
2296
|
|
|
2297 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
|
|
|
2298 if (undo && u_savedel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, nlines) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2299 return;
|
|
|
2300
|
|
|
2301 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
|
|
|
2302 {
|
|
|
2303 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
|
|
|
2304 break;
|
|
|
2305
|
|
|
2306 ml_delete(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE);
|
|
|
2307 ++n;
|
|
|
2308
|
|
|
2309 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
|
|
|
2310 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
2311 break;
|
|
|
2312 }
|
|
|
2313 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2314 deleted_lines_mark(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, n);
|
|
|
2315
|
|
|
2316 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
2317 check_cursor_lnum();
|
|
|
2318 }
|
|
|
2319
|
|
|
2320 int
|
|
|
2321 gchar_pos(pos)
|
|
|
2322 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2323 {
|
|
|
2324 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
|
|
|
2325
|
|
|
2326 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2327 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2328 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
2329 #endif
|
|
|
2330 return (int)*ptr;
|
|
|
2331 }
|
|
|
2332
|
|
|
2333 int
|
|
|
2334 gchar_cursor()
|
|
|
2335 {
|
|
|
2336 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2337 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2338 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
2339 #endif
|
|
|
2340 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
2341 }
|
|
|
2342
|
|
|
2343 /*
|
|
|
2344 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
|
|
|
2345 * It is directly written into the block.
|
|
|
2346 */
|
|
|
2347 void
|
|
|
2348 pchar_cursor(c)
|
|
|
2349 int c;
|
|
|
2350 {
|
|
|
2351 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
|
|
|
2352 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
|
|
|
2353 }
|
|
|
2354
|
|
|
2355 #if 0 /* not used */
|
|
|
2356 /*
|
|
|
2357 * Put *pos at end of current buffer
|
|
|
2358 */
|
|
|
2359 void
|
|
|
2360 goto_endofbuf(pos)
|
|
|
2361 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2362 {
|
|
|
2363 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2364
|
|
|
2365 pos->lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
2366 pos->col = 0;
|
|
|
2367 p = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
2368 while (*p++)
|
|
|
2369 ++pos->col;
|
|
|
2370 }
|
|
|
2371 #endif
|
|
|
2372
|
|
|
2373 /*
|
|
|
2374 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
|
|
|
2375 * non-blank in the line.
|
|
|
2376 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
|
|
|
2377 * the line.
|
|
|
2378 */
|
|
|
2379 int
|
|
|
2380 inindent(extra)
|
|
|
2381 int extra;
|
|
|
2382 {
|
|
|
2383 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2384 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2385
|
|
|
2386 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
|
|
|
2387 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2388 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
|
|
|
2389 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2390 else
|
|
|
2391 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2392 }
|
|
|
2393
|
|
|
2394 /*
|
|
|
2395 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
|
|
|
2396 */
|
|
|
2397 char_u *
|
|
|
2398 skip_to_option_part(p)
|
|
|
2399 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2400 {
|
|
|
2401 if (*p == ',')
|
|
|
2402 ++p;
|
|
|
2403 while (*p == ' ')
|
|
|
2404 ++p;
|
|
|
2405 return p;
|
|
|
2406 }
|
|
|
2407
|
|
|
2408 /*
|
|
|
2409 * changed() is called when something in the current buffer is changed.
|
|
|
2410 *
|
|
|
2411 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
|
|
|
2412 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
|
|
|
2413 */
|
|
|
2414 void
|
|
|
2415 changed()
|
|
|
2416 {
|
|
|
2417 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
|
|
|
2418 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
|
|
|
2419 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
|
|
|
2420 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
|
|
|
2421 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
|
|
|
2422 return;
|
|
|
2423 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
2424 #endif
|
|
|
2425
|
|
|
2426 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
|
|
|
2427 {
|
|
|
2428 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
|
|
|
2429
|
|
|
2430 change_warning(0);
|
|
|
2431 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
|
|
|
2432 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
|
|
|
2433 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
|
|
|
2434 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
|
|
|
2435 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
|
|
|
2436 #endif
|
|
|
2437 )
|
|
|
2438 {
|
|
|
2439 ml_open_file(curbuf);
|
|
|
2440
|
|
|
2441 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
|
|
|
2442 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
|
|
|
2443 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
|
|
|
2444 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
|
|
|
2445 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
2446 {
|
|
|
2447 out_flush();
|
|
|
2448 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
|
|
|
2449 wait_return(TRUE);
|
|
|
2450 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
|
|
|
2451 }
|
|
|
2452 }
|
|
|
2453 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
|
|
39
|
2454 ml_setflags(curbuf);
|
|
7
|
2455 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2456 check_status(curbuf);
|
|
|
2457 #endif
|
|
|
2458 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
2459 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
|
|
|
2460 #endif
|
|
|
2461 }
|
|
|
2462 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
|
|
|
2463 ++global_changedtick;
|
|
|
2464 }
|
|
|
2465
|
|
|
2466 static void changedOneline __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
2467 static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
|
|
|
2468
|
|
|
2469 /*
|
|
|
2470 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
|
|
|
2471 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
|
|
|
2472 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
|
|
|
2473 * - invalidates cached values
|
|
|
2474 */
|
|
|
2475 void
|
|
|
2476 changed_bytes(lnum, col)
|
|
|
2477 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2478 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2479 {
|
|
|
2480 changedOneline(lnum);
|
|
|
2481 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
|
|
|
2482 }
|
|
|
2483
|
|
|
2484 static void
|
|
|
2485 changedOneline(lnum)
|
|
|
2486 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2487 {
|
|
|
2488 if (curbuf->b_mod_set)
|
|
|
2489 {
|
|
|
2490 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
|
|
|
2491 if (lnum < curbuf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
2492 curbuf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2493 else if (lnum >= curbuf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
2494 curbuf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
|
|
|
2495 }
|
|
|
2496 else
|
|
|
2497 {
|
|
|
2498 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
|
|
|
2499 curbuf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
|
|
|
2500 curbuf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2501 curbuf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
|
|
|
2502 curbuf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
|
|
|
2503 }
|
|
|
2504 }
|
|
|
2505
|
|
|
2506 /*
|
|
|
2507 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2508 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
|
|
|
2509 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
|
|
|
2510 */
|
|
|
2511 void
|
|
|
2512 appended_lines(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2513 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2514 long count;
|
|
|
2515 {
|
|
|
2516 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
|
|
|
2517 }
|
|
|
2518
|
|
|
2519 /*
|
|
|
2520 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
|
|
|
2521 */
|
|
|
2522 void
|
|
|
2523 appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2524 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2525 long count;
|
|
|
2526 {
|
|
|
2527 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
|
|
|
2528 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
|
|
|
2529 }
|
|
|
2530
|
|
|
2531 /*
|
|
|
2532 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2533 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
|
|
|
2534 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
|
|
|
2535 */
|
|
|
2536 void
|
|
|
2537 deleted_lines(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2538 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2539 long count;
|
|
|
2540 {
|
|
|
2541 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
|
|
|
2542 }
|
|
|
2543
|
|
|
2544 /*
|
|
|
2545 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
|
|
|
2546 */
|
|
|
2547 void
|
|
|
2548 deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2549 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2550 long count;
|
|
|
2551 {
|
|
|
2552 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
|
|
|
2553 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
|
|
|
2554 }
|
|
|
2555
|
|
|
2556 /*
|
|
|
2557 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
|
|
|
2558 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
|
|
|
2559 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
|
|
|
2560 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
|
|
|
2561 * - invalidate cached values
|
|
|
2562 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
|
|
|
2563 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
|
|
|
2564 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
|
|
|
2565 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
|
|
|
2566 */
|
|
|
2567 void
|
|
|
2568 changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
|
|
|
2569 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
|
|
|
2570 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
|
|
|
2571 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
|
|
|
2572 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
|
|
|
2573 {
|
|
|
2574 if (curbuf->b_mod_set)
|
|
|
2575 {
|
|
|
2576 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
|
|
|
2577 if (lnum < curbuf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
2578 curbuf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2579 if (lnum < curbuf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
2580 {
|
|
|
2581 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
|
|
|
2582 curbuf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
|
|
|
2583 if (curbuf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
|
|
|
2584 curbuf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
|
|
|
2585 }
|
|
|
2586 if (lnume + xtra > curbuf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
2587 curbuf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
|
|
|
2588 curbuf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
|
|
|
2589 }
|
|
|
2590 else
|
|
|
2591 {
|
|
|
2592 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
|
|
|
2593 curbuf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
|
|
|
2594 curbuf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2595 curbuf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
|
|
|
2596 curbuf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
|
|
|
2597 }
|
|
|
2598
|
|
|
2599 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
|
|
|
2600 }
|
|
|
2601
|
|
|
2602 static void
|
|
|
2603 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
|
|
|
2604 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2605 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2606 linenr_T lnume;
|
|
|
2607 long xtra;
|
|
|
2608 {
|
|
|
2609 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2610 int i;
|
|
|
2611 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
|
|
|
2612 int cols;
|
|
|
2613 pos_T *p;
|
|
|
2614 int add;
|
|
|
2615 #endif
|
|
|
2616
|
|
|
2617 /* mark the buffer as modified */
|
|
|
2618 changed();
|
|
|
2619
|
|
|
2620 /* set the '. mark */
|
|
|
2621 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
2622 {
|
|
|
2623 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
2624 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
|
|
|
2625
|
|
|
2626 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
|
|
|
2627 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
|
|
|
2628 * don't have an entry yet. */
|
|
|
2629 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
|
|
|
2630 {
|
|
|
2631 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
|
|
|
2632 add = TRUE;
|
|
|
2633 else
|
|
|
2634 {
|
|
|
2635 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
|
|
|
2636 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
|
|
|
2637 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
|
|
|
2638 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
|
|
|
2639 if (p->lnum != lnum)
|
|
|
2640 add = TRUE;
|
|
|
2641 else
|
|
|
2642 {
|
|
|
2643 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
|
|
|
2644 if (cols == 0)
|
|
|
2645 cols = 79;
|
|
|
2646 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
|
|
|
2647 }
|
|
|
2648 }
|
|
|
2649 if (add)
|
|
|
2650 {
|
|
|
2651 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
|
|
|
2652 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
|
|
|
2653 * position in the changelist. */
|
|
|
2654 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
|
|
|
2655
|
|
|
2656 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
|
|
|
2657 {
|
|
|
2658 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
|
|
|
2659 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
|
|
|
2660 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
|
|
|
2661 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
|
|
|
2662 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
2663 {
|
|
|
2664 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
|
|
|
2665 * this buffer. */
|
|
|
2666 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
|
|
|
2667 --wp->w_changelistidx;
|
|
|
2668 }
|
|
|
2669 }
|
|
|
2670 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
2671 {
|
|
|
2672 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
|
|
|
2673 * at the end it stays at the end. */
|
|
|
2674 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
|
|
|
2675 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
|
|
|
2676 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
|
|
|
2677 }
|
|
|
2678 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
|
|
|
2679 }
|
|
|
2680 }
|
|
|
2681 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
|
|
|
2682 curbuf->b_last_change;
|
|
|
2683 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
|
|
|
2684 * takes you back to it. */
|
|
|
2685 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
|
|
|
2686 #endif
|
|
|
2687 }
|
|
|
2688
|
|
|
2689 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
2690 {
|
|
|
2691 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
|
|
|
2692 {
|
|
|
2693 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
|
|
|
2694 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
|
|
|
2695 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
|
|
|
2696
|
|
|
2697 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
|
|
|
2698 * values for the cursor. */
|
|
|
2699 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
2700 /*
|
|
|
2701 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
|
|
|
2702 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
|
|
|
2703 */
|
|
|
2704 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
|
|
|
2705
|
|
|
2706 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
|
|
|
2707 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
|
|
|
2708 * might be displayed differently.
|
|
|
2709 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
|
|
|
2710 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
|
|
|
2711 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
|
2712 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
2713 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
|
|
|
2714 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
|
2715 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
|
|
|
2716 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
|
|
|
2717
|
|
|
2718 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
|
|
|
2719 * compare with the first line in that range. */
|
|
|
2720 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
2721 {
|
|
|
2722 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
2723 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
|
|
|
2724 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
|
|
|
2725 }
|
|
|
2726 #endif
|
|
|
2727
|
|
|
2728 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
2729 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
|
|
|
2730 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
|
|
|
2731 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
|
|
|
2732 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
|
|
|
2733 {
|
|
|
2734 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
|
|
|
2735 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
|
|
|
2736 approximate_botline_win(wp);
|
|
|
2737 }
|
|
|
2738
|
|
|
2739 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
|
|
|
2740 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
|
|
|
2741 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
|
|
|
2742 * after the change. */
|
|
|
2743 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
|
|
|
2744 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
|
|
|
2745 {
|
|
|
2746 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
|
|
|
2747 {
|
|
|
2748 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
|
|
|
2749 {
|
|
|
2750 /* line included in change */
|
|
|
2751 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
2752 }
|
|
|
2753 else if (xtra != 0)
|
|
|
2754 {
|
|
|
2755 /* line below change */
|
|
|
2756 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
|
|
|
2757 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
2758 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
|
|
|
2759 #endif
|
|
|
2760 }
|
|
|
2761 }
|
|
|
2762 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
2763 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
|
|
|
2764 {
|
|
|
2765 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
|
|
|
2766 * may need to be redrawn */
|
|
|
2767 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
2768 }
|
|
|
2769 #endif
|
|
|
2770 }
|
|
|
2771 }
|
|
|
2772 }
|
|
|
2773
|
|
|
2774 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
|
|
|
2775 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
|
|
|
2776 if (must_redraw < VALID)
|
|
|
2777 must_redraw = VALID;
|
|
|
2778 }
|
|
|
2779
|
|
|
2780 /*
|
|
|
2781 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
|
|
|
2782 */
|
|
|
2783 void
|
|
|
2784 unchanged(buf, ff)
|
|
|
2785 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2786 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
|
|
|
2787 {
|
|
|
2788 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf)))
|
|
|
2789 {
|
|
|
2790 buf->b_changed = 0;
|
|
39
|
2791 ml_setflags(buf);
|
|
7
|
2792 if (ff)
|
|
|
2793 save_file_ff(buf);
|
|
|
2794 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2795 check_status(buf);
|
|
|
2796 #endif
|
|
|
2797 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
2798 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
|
|
|
2799 #endif
|
|
|
2800 }
|
|
|
2801 ++buf->b_changedtick;
|
|
|
2802 ++global_changedtick;
|
|
|
2803 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
2804 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
|
|
|
2805 #endif
|
|
|
2806 }
|
|
|
2807
|
|
|
2808 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2809 /*
|
|
|
2810 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
|
|
|
2811 * need to be updated
|
|
|
2812 */
|
|
|
2813 void
|
|
|
2814 check_status(buf)
|
|
|
2815 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2816 {
|
|
|
2817 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2818
|
|
|
2819 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
|
|
|
2820 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
|
|
|
2821 {
|
|
|
2822 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
2823 if (must_redraw < VALID)
|
|
|
2824 must_redraw = VALID;
|
|
|
2825 }
|
|
|
2826 }
|
|
|
2827 #endif
|
|
|
2828
|
|
|
2829 /*
|
|
|
2830 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
|
|
|
2831 * Don't do this for autocommands.
|
|
|
2832 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
|
|
|
2833 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but b_did_warn
|
|
|
2834 * will be TRUE.
|
|
|
2835 */
|
|
|
2836 void
|
|
|
2837 change_warning(col)
|
|
|
2838 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
|
|
|
2839 mode and 'showmode' is on */
|
|
|
2840 {
|
|
|
2841 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
|
|
|
2842 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
|
|
|
2843 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
2844 && !autocmd_busy
|
|
|
2845 #endif
|
|
|
2846 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
|
|
|
2847 {
|
|
|
2848 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
2849 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
2850 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
|
|
|
2851 return;
|
|
|
2852 #endif
|
|
|
2853 /*
|
|
|
2854 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
|
|
|
2855 * be after the mode message.
|
|
|
2856 */
|
|
|
2857 msg_start();
|
|
|
2858 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
|
|
|
2859 msg_col = col;
|
|
16
|
2860 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
7
|
2861 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"),
|
|
|
2862 hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
|
|
|
2863 msg_clr_eos();
|
|
|
2864 (void)msg_end();
|
|
|
2865 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
|
|
|
2866 {
|
|
|
2867 out_flush();
|
|
|
2868 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
|
|
|
2869 }
|
|
|
2870 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
|
|
|
2871 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
|
|
|
2872 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
|
|
|
2873 showmode();
|
|
|
2874 }
|
|
|
2875 }
|
|
|
2876
|
|
|
2877 /*
|
|
|
2878 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
|
|
|
2879 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
|
|
|
2880 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
|
|
|
2881 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
|
|
|
2882 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
|
|
|
2883 *
|
|
|
2884 * return the 'y' or 'n'
|
|
|
2885 */
|
|
|
2886 int
|
|
|
2887 ask_yesno(str, direct)
|
|
|
2888 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2889 int direct;
|
|
|
2890 {
|
|
|
2891 int r = ' ';
|
|
|
2892 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
2893
|
|
|
2894 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
|
|
|
2895 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
|
|
|
2896 ++no_wait_return;
|
|
|
2897 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
2898 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
2899 #endif
|
|
|
2900 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
|
|
|
2901 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
2902 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
|
|
|
2903 #endif
|
|
|
2904 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
2905 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
|
|
|
2906
|
|
|
2907 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
|
|
|
2908 {
|
|
|
2909 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
|
|
|
2910 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
|
|
|
2911 if (direct)
|
|
|
2912 r = get_keystroke();
|
|
|
2913 else
|
|
|
2914 r = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
2915 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
|
|
|
2916 r = 'n';
|
|
|
2917 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
|
|
|
2918 out_flush();
|
|
|
2919 }
|
|
|
2920 --no_wait_return;
|
|
|
2921 State = save_State;
|
|
|
2922 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
2923 setmouse();
|
|
|
2924 #endif
|
|
|
2925 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
2926 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
2927
|
|
|
2928 return r;
|
|
|
2929 }
|
|
|
2930
|
|
|
2931 /*
|
|
|
2932 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
|
|
|
2933 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
|
|
|
2934 * button (used at the more prompt).
|
|
|
2935 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
|
|
|
2936 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
|
|
|
2937 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
|
|
|
2938 */
|
|
|
2939 int
|
|
|
2940 get_keystroke()
|
|
|
2941 {
|
|
|
2942 #define CBUFLEN 151
|
|
|
2943 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
|
|
|
2944 int len = 0;
|
|
|
2945 int n;
|
|
|
2946 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
|
|
|
2947
|
|
|
2948 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
|
|
|
2949 for (;;)
|
|
|
2950 {
|
|
|
2951 cursor_on();
|
|
|
2952 out_flush();
|
|
|
2953
|
|
|
2954 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
|
|
|
2955 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
|
|
|
2956 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
|
|
|
2957 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
|
|
|
2958 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
|
|
|
2959 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
|
|
|
2960 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
2961 {
|
|
|
2962 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
|
|
|
2963 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
|
|
|
2964 len += n;
|
|
|
2965 }
|
|
|
2966
|
|
|
2967 /* incomplete termcode: get more characters */
|
|
|
2968 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0)
|
|
|
2969 continue;
|
|
|
2970 /* found a termcode: adjust length */
|
|
|
2971 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
2972 len = n;
|
|
|
2973 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
|
|
|
2974 continue;
|
|
|
2975
|
|
|
2976 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
|
|
|
2977 n = buf[0];
|
|
|
2978 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
2979 {
|
|
|
2980 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
|
|
|
2981 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
|
|
|
2982 || n == K_IGNORE
|
|
|
2983 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
2984 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
|
|
|
2985 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
|
|
|
2986 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
|
|
|
2987 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
|
|
|
2988 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
|
|
|
2989 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
|
|
|
2990 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
|
|
|
2991 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
|
|
|
2992 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
|
|
|
2993 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
|
|
|
2994 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
|
|
|
2995 || n == K_MOUSEUP
|
|
|
2996 || n == K_X1MOUSE
|
|
|
2997 || n == K_X1DRAG
|
|
|
2998 || n == K_X1RELEASE
|
|
|
2999 || n == K_X2MOUSE
|
|
|
3000 || n == K_X2DRAG
|
|
|
3001 || n == K_X2RELEASE
|
|
|
3002 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3003 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
3004 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
3005 # endif
|
|
|
3006 #endif
|
|
|
3007 )
|
|
|
3008 {
|
|
|
3009 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
|
|
|
3010 mod_mask = buf[2];
|
|
|
3011 len -= 3;
|
|
|
3012 if (len > 0)
|
|
|
3013 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
3014 continue;
|
|
|
3015 }
|
|
|
3016 }
|
|
|
3017 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3018 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3019 {
|
|
|
3020 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
|
|
|
3021 continue; /* more bytes to get */
|
|
|
3022 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3023 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
|
|
|
3024 }
|
|
|
3025 #endif
|
|
|
3026 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3027 if (n == intr_char)
|
|
|
3028 n = ESC;
|
|
|
3029 #endif
|
|
|
3030 break;
|
|
|
3031 }
|
|
|
3032
|
|
|
3033 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
|
|
|
3034 return n;
|
|
|
3035 }
|
|
|
3036
|
|
|
3037 /*
|
|
|
3038 * get a number from the user
|
|
|
3039 */
|
|
|
3040 int
|
|
|
3041 get_number(colon)
|
|
|
3042 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
|
|
|
3043 {
|
|
|
3044 int n = 0;
|
|
|
3045 int c;
|
|
|
3046
|
|
|
3047 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
|
|
|
3048 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
|
|
|
3049 if (msg_silent != 0)
|
|
|
3050 return 0;
|
|
|
3051
|
|
|
3052 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
3053 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
3054 #endif
|
|
|
3055 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3056 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
|
|
|
3057 for (;;)
|
|
|
3058 {
|
|
|
3059 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
|
|
|
3060 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
3061 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
3062 {
|
|
|
3063 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
|
|
|
3064 msg_putchar(c);
|
|
|
3065 }
|
|
|
3066 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
|
|
|
3067 {
|
|
|
3068 n /= 10;
|
|
|
3069 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
|
|
|
3070 }
|
|
|
3071 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
|
|
|
3072 {
|
|
|
3073 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
|
|
|
3074 if (!exmode_active)
|
|
|
3075 cmdline_row = msg_row;
|
|
|
3076 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
|
|
|
3077 do_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
3078 break;
|
|
|
3079 }
|
|
|
3080 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
|
|
|
3081 break;
|
|
|
3082 }
|
|
|
3083 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3084 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
3085 return n;
|
|
|
3086 }
|
|
|
3087
|
|
|
3088 void
|
|
|
3089 msgmore(n)
|
|
|
3090 long n;
|
|
|
3091 {
|
|
|
3092 long pn;
|
|
|
3093
|
|
|
3094 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
|
|
|
3095 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
|
|
|
3096 return;
|
|
|
3097
|
|
135
|
3098 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
|
|
|
3099 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
|
|
|
3100 * then "put" reports the last action. */
|
|
|
3101 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
|
|
|
3102 return;
|
|
|
3103
|
|
7
|
3104 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3105 pn = n;
|
|
|
3106 else
|
|
|
3107 pn = -n;
|
|
|
3108
|
|
|
3109 if (pn > p_report)
|
|
|
3110 {
|
|
|
3111 if (pn == 1)
|
|
|
3112 {
|
|
|
3113 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3114 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
|
|
|
3115 else
|
|
|
3116 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
|
|
|
3117 }
|
|
|
3118 else
|
|
|
3119 {
|
|
|
3120 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3121 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
|
|
|
3122 else
|
|
|
3123 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
|
|
|
3124 }
|
|
|
3125 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3126 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
|
|
|
3127 if (msg(msg_buf))
|
|
|
3128 {
|
|
|
3129 set_keep_msg(msg_buf);
|
|
|
3130 keep_msg_attr = 0;
|
|
135
|
3131 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3132 }
|
|
|
3133 }
|
|
|
3134 }
|
|
|
3135
|
|
|
3136 /*
|
|
|
3137 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
|
|
|
3138 */
|
|
|
3139 void
|
|
|
3140 beep_flush()
|
|
|
3141 {
|
|
|
3142 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
3143 {
|
|
|
3144 flush_buffers(FALSE);
|
|
|
3145 vim_beep();
|
|
|
3146 }
|
|
|
3147 }
|
|
|
3148
|
|
|
3149 /*
|
|
|
3150 * give a warning for an error
|
|
|
3151 */
|
|
|
3152 void
|
|
|
3153 vim_beep()
|
|
|
3154 {
|
|
|
3155 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
3156 {
|
|
|
3157 if (p_vb
|
|
|
3158 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3159 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
|
|
|
3160 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
|
|
|
3161 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
|
|
|
3162 #endif
|
|
|
3163 )
|
|
|
3164 {
|
|
|
3165 out_str(T_VB);
|
|
|
3166 }
|
|
|
3167 else
|
|
|
3168 {
|
|
|
3169 #ifdef MSDOS
|
|
|
3170 /*
|
|
|
3171 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
|
|
|
3172 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
|
|
|
3173 * where the beeps don't overlap.
|
|
|
3174 */
|
|
|
3175 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
|
|
|
3176 {
|
|
|
3177 out_char(BELL);
|
|
|
3178 beep_count = 1;
|
|
|
3179 }
|
|
|
3180 else
|
|
|
3181 ++beep_count;
|
|
|
3182 #else
|
|
|
3183 out_char(BELL);
|
|
|
3184 #endif
|
|
|
3185 }
|
|
|
3186 }
|
|
|
3187 }
|
|
|
3188
|
|
|
3189 /*
|
|
|
3190 * To get the "real" home directory:
|
|
|
3191 * - get value of $HOME
|
|
|
3192 * For Unix:
|
|
|
3193 * - go to that directory
|
|
|
3194 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
|
|
|
3195 * This also works with mounts and links.
|
|
|
3196 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
|
|
|
3197 */
|
|
|
3198 static char_u *homedir = NULL;
|
|
|
3199
|
|
|
3200 void
|
|
|
3201 init_homedir()
|
|
|
3202 {
|
|
|
3203 char_u *var;
|
|
|
3204
|
|
|
3205 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
3206 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
|
|
|
3207 #else
|
|
|
3208 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
|
|
|
3209 #endif
|
|
|
3210
|
|
|
3211 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
|
|
|
3212 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3213
|
|
|
3214 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
3215 /*
|
|
|
3216 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
|
|
|
3217 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
|
|
|
3218 * when $HOME is being set.
|
|
|
3219 */
|
|
|
3220 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
|
|
|
3221 {
|
|
|
3222 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3223 char_u *exp;
|
|
|
3224
|
|
|
3225 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
|
|
|
3226 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3227 {
|
|
|
3228 STRNCPY(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
|
|
|
3229 NameBuff[p - (var + 1)] = NUL;
|
|
|
3230 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
|
|
|
3231 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
|
|
|
3232 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
3233 {
|
|
|
3234 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
|
|
|
3235 var = NameBuff;
|
|
|
3236 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
|
|
|
3237 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
|
|
|
3238 }
|
|
|
3239 }
|
|
|
3240 }
|
|
|
3241
|
|
|
3242 /*
|
|
|
3243 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
|
|
|
3244 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
|
|
|
3245 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
|
|
|
3246 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
|
|
|
3247 */
|
|
|
3248 if (var == NULL)
|
|
|
3249 {
|
|
|
3250 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
|
|
|
3251
|
|
|
3252 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
|
|
|
3253 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
|
|
|
3254 if (homedrive != NULL && homepath != NULL
|
|
|
3255 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
3256 {
|
|
|
3257 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
|
|
|
3258 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
|
|
|
3259 {
|
|
|
3260 var = NameBuff;
|
|
|
3261 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
|
|
|
3262 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
|
|
|
3263 }
|
|
|
3264 }
|
|
|
3265 }
|
|
|
3266 #endif
|
|
|
3267
|
|
|
3268 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
|
|
|
3269 /*
|
|
|
3270 * Default home dir is C:/
|
|
|
3271 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
|
|
|
3272 */
|
|
|
3273 if (var == NULL)
|
|
|
3274 var = "C:/";
|
|
|
3275 #endif
|
|
|
3276 if (var != NULL)
|
|
|
3277 {
|
|
|
3278 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3279 /*
|
|
|
3280 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
|
|
|
3281 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
|
|
|
3282 */
|
|
|
3283 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
|
|
|
3284 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
|
|
|
3285 {
|
|
|
3286 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
|
|
|
3287 var = IObuff;
|
|
|
3288 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
|
|
|
3289 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
|
|
|
3290 }
|
|
|
3291 #endif
|
|
|
3292 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
|
|
|
3293 }
|
|
|
3294 }
|
|
|
3295
|
|
|
3296 /*
|
|
|
3297 * Expand environment variable with path name.
|
|
|
3298 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
|
|
|
3299 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$".
|
|
|
3300 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
|
|
|
3301 */
|
|
|
3302 void
|
|
|
3303 expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
|
|
|
3304 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
|
|
|
3305 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
|
|
|
3306 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
|
|
|
3307 {
|
|
|
3308 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE);
|
|
|
3309 }
|
|
|
3310
|
|
|
3311 void
|
|
|
3312 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, esc)
|
|
|
3313 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
|
|
|
3314 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
|
|
|
3315 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
|
|
|
3316 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
|
|
|
3317 {
|
|
|
3318 char_u *tail;
|
|
|
3319 int c;
|
|
|
3320 char_u *var;
|
|
|
3321 int copy_char;
|
|
|
3322 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
|
|
|
3323 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
|
|
|
3324
|
|
|
3325 src = skipwhite(src);
|
|
|
3326 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
|
|
|
3327 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
3328 {
|
|
|
3329 copy_char = TRUE;
|
|
22
|
3330 if ((*src == '$'
|
|
|
3331 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
3332 && at_start
|
|
|
3333 #endif
|
|
|
3334 )
|
|
7
|
3335 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
3336 || *src == '%'
|
|
|
3337 #endif
|
|
|
3338 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
|
|
|
3339 {
|
|
|
3340 mustfree = FALSE;
|
|
|
3341
|
|
|
3342 /*
|
|
|
3343 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
|
|
|
3344 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
|
|
|
3345 */
|
|
|
3346 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
|
|
|
3347 {
|
|
|
3348 tail = src + 1;
|
|
|
3349 var = dst;
|
|
|
3350 c = dstlen - 1;
|
|
|
3351
|
|
|
3352 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3353 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
|
|
|
3354 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
|
|
|
3355 {
|
|
|
3356 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
|
|
|
3357 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
|
|
|
3358 *var++ = *tail++;
|
|
|
3359 }
|
|
|
3360 else
|
|
|
3361 #endif
|
|
|
3362 {
|
|
|
3363 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
|
|
|
3364 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
3365 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
|
|
|
3366 #endif
|
|
|
3367 ))
|
|
|
3368 {
|
|
|
3369 #ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
|
|
|
3370 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
|
|
|
3371 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
|
|
|
3372 #else
|
|
|
3373 *var++ = *tail++;
|
|
|
3374 #endif
|
|
|
3375 }
|
|
|
3376 }
|
|
|
3377
|
|
|
3378 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
|
|
|
3379 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3380 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
|
|
|
3381 # else
|
|
|
3382 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
|
|
|
3383 # endif
|
|
|
3384 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3385 else
|
|
|
3386 {
|
|
|
3387 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3388 if (src[1] == '{')
|
|
|
3389 # else
|
|
|
3390 if (*src == '%')
|
|
|
3391 #endif
|
|
|
3392 ++tail;
|
|
|
3393 #endif
|
|
|
3394 *var = NUL;
|
|
|
3395 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
|
|
|
3396 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
|
|
|
3397 }
|
|
|
3398 #endif
|
|
|
3399 }
|
|
|
3400 /* home directory */
|
|
|
3401 else if ( src[1] == NUL
|
|
|
3402 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
|
|
|
3403 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
|
|
|
3404 {
|
|
|
3405 var = homedir;
|
|
|
3406 tail = src + 1;
|
|
|
3407 }
|
|
|
3408 else /* user directory */
|
|
|
3409 {
|
|
|
3410 #if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
|
|
|
3411 /*
|
|
|
3412 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
|
|
|
3413 */
|
|
|
3414 tail = src;
|
|
|
3415 var = dst;
|
|
|
3416 c = dstlen - 1;
|
|
|
3417 while ( c-- > 0
|
|
|
3418 && *tail
|
|
|
3419 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
|
|
|
3420 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
|
|
|
3421 *var++ = *tail++;
|
|
|
3422 *var = NUL;
|
|
|
3423 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3424 /*
|
|
|
3425 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
|
|
|
3426 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
|
|
|
3427 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
|
|
|
3428 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
|
|
|
3429 */
|
|
|
3430 # if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
|
|
|
3431 {
|
|
|
3432 struct passwd *pw;
|
|
|
3433
|
|
|
3434 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
|
|
|
3435 if (pw != NULL)
|
|
|
3436 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
|
|
|
3437 else
|
|
|
3438 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3439 }
|
|
|
3440 if (var == NULL)
|
|
|
3441 # endif
|
|
|
3442 {
|
|
|
3443 expand_T xpc;
|
|
|
3444
|
|
|
3445 ExpandInit(&xpc);
|
|
|
3446 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
|
|
|
3447 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
|
|
|
3448 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
|
|
|
3449 ExpandCleanup(&xpc);
|
|
|
3450 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3451 }
|
|
|
3452
|
|
|
3453 # else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
|
|
|
3454 /*
|
|
|
3455 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
|
|
|
3456 * directories to search for the user account in.
|
|
|
3457 */
|
|
|
3458 {
|
|
|
3459 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
3460 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
|
|
|
3461 struct stat st;
|
|
|
3462
|
|
|
3463 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
|
|
|
3464 next_path = paths;
|
|
|
3465 while (*next_path)
|
|
|
3466 {
|
|
|
3467 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
|
|
|
3468 next_path++);
|
|
|
3469 if (*next_path)
|
|
|
3470 *next_path++ = NUL;
|
|
|
3471 STRCPY(test, path);
|
|
|
3472 STRCAT(test, "/");
|
|
|
3473 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
|
|
|
3474 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
|
|
|
3475 {
|
|
|
3476 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
|
|
|
3477 STRCPY(var, test);
|
|
|
3478 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3479 break;
|
|
|
3480 }
|
|
|
3481 }
|
|
|
3482 }
|
|
|
3483 # endif /* UNIX */
|
|
|
3484 #else
|
|
|
3485 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
|
|
|
3486 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3487 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
|
|
|
3488 #endif /* UNIX || VMS */
|
|
|
3489 }
|
|
|
3490
|
|
|
3491 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
3492 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
|
|
|
3493 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
|
|
|
3494 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
|
|
|
3495 {
|
|
|
3496 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
|
|
|
3497
|
|
|
3498 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3499 {
|
|
|
3500 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3501 vim_free(var);
|
|
|
3502 var = p;
|
|
|
3503 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3504 forward_slash(var);
|
|
|
3505 }
|
|
|
3506 }
|
|
|
3507 #endif
|
|
|
3508
|
|
|
3509 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
|
|
|
3510 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
|
|
|
3511 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
|
|
|
3512 {
|
|
|
3513 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
|
|
|
3514
|
|
|
3515 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3516 {
|
|
|
3517 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3518 vim_free(var);
|
|
|
3519 var = p;
|
|
|
3520 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3521 }
|
|
|
3522 }
|
|
|
3523
|
|
|
3524 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
|
|
|
3525 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
|
|
|
3526 {
|
|
|
3527 STRCPY(dst, var);
|
|
|
3528 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
|
|
39
|
3529 c = STRLEN(var);
|
|
7
|
3530 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
|
|
|
3531 * with it, skip a character */
|
|
39
|
3532 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
|
|
7
|
3533 #if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
|
|
|
3534 && dst[-1] != ':'
|
|
|
3535 #endif
|
|
|
3536 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
|
|
|
3537 ++tail;
|
|
39
|
3538 dst += c;
|
|
7
|
3539 src = tail;
|
|
|
3540 copy_char = FALSE;
|
|
|
3541 }
|
|
|
3542 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3543 vim_free(var);
|
|
|
3544 }
|
|
|
3545
|
|
|
3546 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
|
|
|
3547 {
|
|
|
3548 /*
|
|
|
3549 * Recogize the start of a new name, for '~'.
|
|
|
3550 */
|
|
|
3551 at_start = FALSE;
|
|
|
3552 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
3553 {
|
|
|
3554 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
3555 --dstlen;
|
|
|
3556 }
|
|
|
3557 else if (src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',')
|
|
|
3558 at_start = TRUE;
|
|
|
3559 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
3560 --dstlen;
|
|
|
3561 }
|
|
|
3562 }
|
|
|
3563 *dst = NUL;
|
|
|
3564 }
|
|
|
3565
|
|
|
3566 /*
|
|
|
3567 * Vim's version of getenv().
|
|
|
3568 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
|
|
|
3569 */
|
|
|
3570 char_u *
|
|
|
3571 vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
|
|
|
3572 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3573 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
|
|
|
3574 {
|
|
|
3575 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3576 char_u *pend;
|
|
|
3577 int vimruntime;
|
|
|
3578
|
|
|
3579 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
|
|
|
3580 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
|
|
|
3581 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
|
|
|
3582 return homedir;
|
|
|
3583 #endif
|
|
|
3584
|
|
|
3585 p = mch_getenv(name);
|
|
|
3586 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
|
|
|
3587 p = NULL;
|
|
|
3588
|
|
|
3589 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3590 return p;
|
|
|
3591
|
|
|
3592 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
|
|
|
3593 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
|
|
|
3594 return NULL;
|
|
|
3595
|
|
|
3596 /*
|
|
|
3597 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
|
|
|
3598 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
|
|
|
3599 */
|
|
|
3600 if (vimruntime
|
|
|
3601 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
|
|
|
3602 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
|
|
|
3603 #endif
|
|
|
3604 )
|
|
|
3605 {
|
|
|
3606 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
|
|
|
3607 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
|
|
|
3608 p = NULL;
|
|
|
3609 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3610 {
|
|
|
3611 p = vim_version_dir(p);
|
|
|
3612 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3613 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3614 else
|
|
|
3615 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
|
|
|
3616 }
|
|
|
3617 }
|
|
|
3618
|
|
|
3619 /*
|
|
|
3620 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
|
|
|
3621 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
|
|
|
3622 * - the executable name from argv[0]
|
|
|
3623 */
|
|
|
3624 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
3625 {
|
|
|
3626 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
|
|
|
3627 p = p_hf;
|
|
|
3628 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
3629 /*
|
|
|
3630 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
|
|
|
3631 */
|
|
|
3632 else
|
|
|
3633 p = exe_name;
|
|
|
3634 #endif
|
|
|
3635 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3636 {
|
|
|
3637 /* remove the file name */
|
|
|
3638 pend = gettail(p);
|
|
|
3639
|
|
|
3640 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
|
|
|
3641 if (p == p_hf)
|
|
|
3642 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
|
|
|
3643
|
|
|
3644 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
3645 # ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
|
3646 /* remove "build/..." from exe_name, if present */
|
|
|
3647 if (p == exe_name)
|
|
|
3648 {
|
|
|
3649 char_u *pend1;
|
|
|
3650 char_u *pend2;
|
|
|
3651
|
|
|
3652 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"Contents/MacOS");
|
|
|
3653 pend2 = remove_tail_with_ext(p, pend1, (char_u *)".app");
|
|
|
3654 pend = remove_tail(p, pend2, (char_u *)"build");
|
|
|
3655 /* When runnig from project builder get rid of the
|
|
|
3656 * build/???.app, otherwise keep the ???.app */
|
|
|
3657 if (pend2 == pend)
|
|
|
3658 pend = pend1;
|
|
|
3659 }
|
|
|
3660 # endif
|
|
|
3661 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
|
|
|
3662 if (p == exe_name)
|
|
|
3663 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
|
|
|
3664 #endif
|
|
|
3665
|
|
|
3666 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
|
|
|
3667 if (!vimruntime)
|
|
|
3668 {
|
|
|
3669 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
|
|
|
3670 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
|
|
|
3671 }
|
|
|
3672
|
|
|
3673 /* remove trailing path separator */
|
|
|
3674 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
|
|
|
3675 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
|
|
|
3676 /* to avoid confusion between absoulute and relative path */
|
|
39
|
3677 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
|
|
7
|
3678 --pend;
|
|
|
3679 #endif
|
|
|
3680
|
|
|
3681 /* check that the result is a directory name */
|
|
|
3682 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
|
|
|
3683
|
|
|
3684 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
|
|
|
3685 {
|
|
|
3686 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
3687 p = NULL;
|
|
|
3688 }
|
|
|
3689 else
|
|
|
3690 {
|
|
|
3691 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
3692 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
|
|
|
3693 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
|
|
|
3694 {
|
|
|
3695 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
3696 p = pend;
|
|
|
3697 }
|
|
|
3698 #endif
|
|
|
3699 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3700 }
|
|
|
3701 }
|
|
|
3702 }
|
|
|
3703
|
|
|
3704 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
|
|
|
3705 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
|
|
|
3706 * default_vimruntime_dir */
|
|
|
3707 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
3708 {
|
|
|
3709 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
|
|
|
3710 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
|
|
|
3711 {
|
|
|
3712 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
|
|
|
3713 *mustfree = FALSE;
|
|
|
3714 }
|
|
|
3715 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
|
|
|
3716 {
|
|
|
3717 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
|
|
|
3718 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3719 else
|
|
|
3720 {
|
|
|
3721 p = default_vim_dir;
|
|
|
3722 *mustfree = FALSE;
|
|
|
3723 }
|
|
|
3724 }
|
|
|
3725 }
|
|
|
3726 #endif
|
|
|
3727
|
|
|
3728 /*
|
|
|
3729 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
|
|
|
3730 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
|
|
|
3731 */
|
|
|
3732 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3733 {
|
|
|
3734 if (vimruntime)
|
|
|
3735 {
|
|
|
3736 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
|
|
|
3737 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
|
|
|
3738 #ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
|
|
|
3739 {
|
|
115
|
3740 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
|
|
7
|
3741
|
|
|
3742 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
3743 {
|
|
|
3744 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
|
|
|
3745 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
3746 }
|
|
|
3747 }
|
|
|
3748 #endif
|
|
|
3749 }
|
|
|
3750 else
|
|
|
3751 {
|
|
|
3752 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
|
|
|
3753 didset_vim = TRUE;
|
|
|
3754 }
|
|
|
3755 }
|
|
|
3756 return p;
|
|
|
3757 }
|
|
|
3758
|
|
|
3759 /*
|
|
|
3760 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
|
|
|
3761 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
|
|
|
3762 */
|
|
|
3763 static char_u *
|
|
|
3764 vim_version_dir(vimdir)
|
|
|
3765 char_u *vimdir;
|
|
|
3766 {
|
|
|
3767 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3768
|
|
|
3769 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
|
|
|
3770 return NULL;
|
|
|
3771 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
|
|
|
3772 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
|
|
|
3773 return p;
|
|
|
3774 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
3775 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
|
|
|
3776 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
|
|
|
3777 return p;
|
|
|
3778 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
3779 return NULL;
|
|
|
3780 }
|
|
|
3781
|
|
|
3782 /*
|
|
|
3783 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
|
|
|
3784 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
|
|
|
3785 */
|
|
|
3786 static char_u *
|
|
|
3787 remove_tail(p, pend, name)
|
|
|
3788 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3789 char_u *pend;
|
|
|
3790 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3791 {
|
|
|
3792 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
|
|
|
3793 char_u *newend = pend - len;
|
|
|
3794
|
|
|
3795 if (newend >= p
|
|
|
3796 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
|
|
39
|
3797 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
|
|
7
|
3798 return newend;
|
|
|
3799 return pend;
|
|
|
3800 }
|
|
|
3801
|
|
|
3802 #if defined(USE_EXE_NAME) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3803 /*
|
|
|
3804 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "???.ext/", return "pend"
|
|
|
3805 * minus the length of "???.ext/". Otherwise return "pend".
|
|
|
3806 */
|
|
|
3807 static char_u *
|
|
|
3808 remove_tail_with_ext(p, pend, ext)
|
|
|
3809 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3810 char_u *pend;
|
|
|
3811 char_u *ext;
|
|
|
3812 {
|
|
|
3813 int len = (int)STRLEN(ext) + 1;
|
|
|
3814 char_u *newend = pend - len;
|
|
|
3815
|
|
|
3816 if (newend >= p && fnamencmp(newend, ext, len - 1) == 0)
|
|
41
|
3817 while (newend > p && !after_pathsep(p, newend))
|
|
|
3818 mb_ptr_back(p, newend);
|
|
|
3819 if (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend))
|
|
7
|
3820 return newend;
|
|
|
3821 return pend;
|
|
|
3822 }
|
|
|
3823 #endif
|
|
|
3824
|
|
|
3825 /*
|
|
|
3826 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
|
|
|
3827 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
|
|
|
3828 * again soon.
|
|
|
3829 */
|
|
|
3830 char_u *
|
|
|
3831 expand_env_save(src)
|
|
|
3832 char_u *src;
|
|
|
3833 {
|
|
|
3834 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3835
|
|
|
3836 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
3837 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3838 expand_env(src, p, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
3839 return p;
|
|
|
3840 }
|
|
|
3841
|
|
|
3842 /*
|
|
|
3843 * Our portable version of setenv.
|
|
|
3844 */
|
|
|
3845 void
|
|
|
3846 vim_setenv(name, val)
|
|
|
3847 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3848 char_u *val;
|
|
|
3849 {
|
|
|
3850 #ifdef HAVE_SETENV
|
|
|
3851 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
|
|
|
3852 #else
|
|
|
3853 char_u *envbuf;
|
|
|
3854
|
|
|
3855 /*
|
|
|
3856 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
|
|
|
3857 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
|
|
|
3858 */
|
|
|
3859 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
|
|
|
3860 if (envbuf != NULL)
|
|
|
3861 {
|
|
|
3862 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
|
|
|
3863 putenv((char *)envbuf);
|
|
|
3864 }
|
|
|
3865 #endif
|
|
|
3866 }
|
|
|
3867
|
|
|
3868 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3869 /*
|
|
|
3870 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
|
|
|
3871 */
|
|
|
3872 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
3873 char_u *
|
|
|
3874 get_env_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
3875 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
3876 int idx;
|
|
|
3877 {
|
|
|
3878 # if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
|
|
|
3879 /*
|
|
|
3880 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
|
|
|
3881 */
|
|
|
3882 return NULL;
|
|
|
3883 # else
|
|
|
3884 # ifndef __WIN32__
|
|
|
3885 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
|
|
|
3886 extern char **environ;
|
|
|
3887 # endif
|
|
17
|
3888 # define ENVNAMELEN 100
|
|
|
3889 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
|
|
7
|
3890 char_u *str;
|
|
|
3891 int n;
|
|
|
3892
|
|
|
3893 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
|
|
|
3894 if (str == NULL)
|
|
|
3895 return NULL;
|
|
|
3896
|
|
17
|
3897 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
|
|
7
|
3898 {
|
|
|
3899 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
|
|
|
3900 break;
|
|
|
3901 name[n] = str[n];
|
|
|
3902 }
|
|
|
3903 name[n] = NUL;
|
|
|
3904 return name;
|
|
|
3905 # endif
|
|
|
3906 }
|
|
|
3907 #endif
|
|
|
3908
|
|
|
3909 /*
|
|
|
3910 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
|
|
|
3911 * 'src'.
|
|
|
3912 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
|
|
|
3913 */
|
|
|
3914 void
|
|
|
3915 home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
|
|
|
3916 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
|
|
|
3917 char_u *src; /* input file name */
|
|
|
3918 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
|
|
|
3919 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
|
|
|
3920 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
|
|
|
3921 spaces and commas in the file name. */
|
|
|
3922 {
|
|
|
3923 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
|
|
|
3924 size_t len;
|
|
|
3925 char_u *homedir_env;
|
|
|
3926 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3927
|
|
|
3928 if (src == NULL)
|
|
|
3929 {
|
|
|
3930 *dst = NUL;
|
|
|
3931 return;
|
|
|
3932 }
|
|
|
3933
|
|
|
3934 /*
|
|
|
3935 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
|
|
|
3936 */
|
|
|
3937 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
|
|
|
3938 {
|
|
|
3939 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
|
|
|
3940 return;
|
|
|
3941 }
|
|
|
3942
|
|
|
3943 /*
|
|
|
3944 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
|
|
|
3945 * "real" home directory.
|
|
|
3946 */
|
|
|
3947 if (homedir != NULL)
|
|
|
3948 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
|
|
|
3949
|
|
|
3950 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
3951 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
|
|
|
3952 #else
|
|
|
3953 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
|
|
|
3954 #endif
|
|
|
3955
|
|
|
3956 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
|
|
|
3957 homedir_env = NULL;
|
|
|
3958 if (homedir_env != NULL)
|
|
|
3959 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
|
|
|
3960
|
|
|
3961 if (!one)
|
|
|
3962 src = skipwhite(src);
|
|
|
3963 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
3964 {
|
|
|
3965 /*
|
|
|
3966 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
|
|
|
3967 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
|
|
|
3968 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
|
|
|
3969 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
|
|
|
3970 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
|
|
|
3971 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
|
|
|
3972 * er's home directory)).
|
|
|
3973 */
|
|
|
3974 p = homedir;
|
|
|
3975 len = dirlen;
|
|
|
3976 for (;;)
|
|
|
3977 {
|
|
|
3978 if ( len
|
|
|
3979 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
|
|
|
3980 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
|
|
|
3981 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
|
|
|
3982 || src[len] == NUL))
|
|
|
3983 {
|
|
|
3984 src += len;
|
|
|
3985 if (--dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
3986 *dst++ = '~';
|
|
|
3987
|
|
|
3988 /*
|
|
|
3989 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
|
|
|
3990 */
|
|
|
3991 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
3992 *dst++ = '/';
|
|
|
3993 break;
|
|
|
3994 }
|
|
|
3995 if (p == homedir_env)
|
|
|
3996 break;
|
|
|
3997 p = homedir_env;
|
|
|
3998 len = envlen;
|
|
|
3999 }
|
|
|
4000
|
|
|
4001 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
|
|
|
4002 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4003 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
4004 /* skip separator */
|
|
|
4005 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4006 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
4007 }
|
|
|
4008 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
|
|
|
4009
|
|
|
4010 *dst = NUL;
|
|
|
4011 }
|
|
|
4012
|
|
|
4013 /*
|
|
|
4014 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
|
|
|
4015 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
|
|
|
4016 */
|
|
|
4017 char_u *
|
|
|
4018 home_replace_save(buf, src)
|
|
|
4019 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
|
|
|
4020 char_u *src; /* input file name */
|
|
|
4021 {
|
|
|
4022 char_u *dst;
|
|
|
4023 unsigned len;
|
|
|
4024
|
|
|
4025 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
|
|
|
4026 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
4027 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
|
|
|
4028 dst = alloc(len);
|
|
|
4029 if (dst != NULL)
|
|
|
4030 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
|
|
|
4031 return dst;
|
|
|
4032 }
|
|
|
4033
|
|
|
4034 /*
|
|
|
4035 * Compare two file names and return:
|
|
|
4036 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
|
|
|
4037 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
|
|
|
4038 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
|
|
|
4039 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
|
|
|
4040 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
|
|
|
4041 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
|
|
|
4042 */
|
|
|
4043 int
|
|
|
4044 fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
|
|
|
4045 char_u *s1, *s2;
|
|
|
4046 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
|
|
|
4047 {
|
|
|
4048 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4049 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
4050 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
4051 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
4052 struct stat st1, st2;
|
|
|
4053 int r1, r2;
|
|
|
4054
|
|
|
4055 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4056 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
|
|
|
4057 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
|
|
|
4058 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
|
|
|
4059 {
|
|
|
4060 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
|
|
|
4061 if (checkname)
|
|
|
4062 {
|
|
|
4063 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
|
|
|
4064 return FPC_SAMEX;
|
|
|
4065 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4066 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4067 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
|
|
|
4068 return FPC_SAMEX;
|
|
|
4069 }
|
|
|
4070 return FPC_NOTX;
|
|
|
4071 }
|
|
|
4072 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
|
|
|
4073 return FPC_DIFFX;
|
|
|
4074 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
|
|
|
4075 return FPC_SAME;
|
|
|
4076 return FPC_DIFF;
|
|
|
4077 #else
|
|
|
4078 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
|
|
|
4079 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
|
|
|
4080 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
|
|
|
4081 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
|
|
|
4082 int r1, r2;
|
|
|
4083
|
|
|
4084 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
|
|
|
4085 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
|
|
|
4086 {
|
|
|
4087 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
|
|
|
4088 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
|
|
|
4089
|
|
|
4090 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4091 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4092 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4093
|
|
|
4094 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
|
|
|
4095 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
|
|
|
4096 {
|
|
|
4097 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
|
|
|
4098 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
|
|
|
4099 else
|
|
|
4100 retval = FPC_NOTX;
|
|
|
4101 }
|
|
|
4102 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
|
|
|
4103 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
|
|
|
4104 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
|
|
|
4105 retval = FPC_DIFF;
|
|
|
4106 else
|
|
|
4107 retval = FPC_SAME;
|
|
|
4108 vim_free(exp1);
|
|
|
4109 }
|
|
|
4110 return retval;
|
|
|
4111 #endif
|
|
|
4112 }
|
|
|
4113
|
|
|
4114 /*
|
|
10
|
4115 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
|
|
|
4116 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
|
|
7
|
4117 */
|
|
|
4118 char_u *
|
|
|
4119 gettail(fname)
|
|
|
4120 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4121 {
|
|
|
4122 char_u *p1, *p2;
|
|
|
4123
|
|
|
4124 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
4125 return (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4126 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
|
|
|
4127 {
|
|
|
4128 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
|
|
|
4129 p1 = p2 + 1;
|
|
39
|
4130 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
|
|
7
|
4131 }
|
|
|
4132 return p1;
|
|
|
4133 }
|
|
|
4134
|
|
|
4135 /*
|
|
39
|
4136 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
|
|
|
4137 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
|
|
|
4138 * Always returns a valid pointer.
|
|
|
4139 */
|
|
|
4140 char_u *
|
|
|
4141 gettail_sep(fname)
|
|
|
4142 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4143 {
|
|
|
4144 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4145 char_u *t;
|
|
|
4146
|
|
|
4147 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
|
|
|
4148 t = gettail(fname);
|
|
|
4149 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
|
|
|
4150 --t;
|
|
|
4151 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
4152 /* path separator is part of the path */
|
|
|
4153 ++t;
|
|
|
4154 #endif
|
|
|
4155 return t;
|
|
|
4156 }
|
|
|
4157
|
|
|
4158 /*
|
|
7
|
4159 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
|
|
|
4160 */
|
|
|
4161 char_u *
|
|
|
4162 getnextcomp(fname)
|
|
|
4163 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4164 {
|
|
|
4165 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
|
|
39
|
4166 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
|
|
7
|
4167 if (*fname)
|
|
|
4168 ++fname;
|
|
|
4169 return fname;
|
|
|
4170 }
|
|
|
4171
|
|
|
4172 /*
|
|
|
4173 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
|
|
|
4174 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
|
|
|
4175 * If there is no head, path is returned.
|
|
|
4176 */
|
|
|
4177 char_u *
|
|
|
4178 get_past_head(path)
|
|
|
4179 char_u *path;
|
|
|
4180 {
|
|
|
4181 char_u *retval;
|
|
|
4182
|
|
|
4183 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
4184 /* may skip "c:" */
|
|
|
4185 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
|
|
|
4186 retval = path + 2;
|
|
|
4187 else
|
|
|
4188 retval = path;
|
|
|
4189 #else
|
|
|
4190 # if defined(AMIGA)
|
|
|
4191 /* may skip "label:" */
|
|
|
4192 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
|
|
|
4193 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
4194 retval = path;
|
|
|
4195 # else /* Unix */
|
|
|
4196 retval = path;
|
|
|
4197 # endif
|
|
|
4198 #endif
|
|
|
4199
|
|
|
4200 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
|
|
|
4201 ++retval;
|
|
|
4202
|
|
|
4203 return retval;
|
|
|
4204 }
|
|
|
4205
|
|
|
4206 /*
|
|
|
4207 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
|
|
|
4208 */
|
|
|
4209 int
|
|
|
4210 vim_ispathsep(c)
|
|
|
4211 int c;
|
|
|
4212 {
|
|
|
4213 #ifdef RISCOS
|
|
|
4214 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
|
|
|
4215 #else
|
|
|
4216 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4217 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
|
|
|
4218 # else
|
|
|
4219 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
4220 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
|
|
|
4221 # else
|
|
|
4222 # ifdef VMS
|
|
|
4223 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
|
|
|
4224 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
|
|
|
4225 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
|
|
|
4226 # else
|
|
|
4227 # ifdef COLON_AS_PATHSEP
|
|
|
4228 return (c == ':');
|
|
|
4229 # else /* Amiga */
|
|
|
4230 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
|
|
|
4231 # endif
|
|
|
4232 # endif /* VMS */
|
|
|
4233 # endif
|
|
|
4234 # endif
|
|
|
4235 #endif /* RISC OS */
|
|
|
4236 }
|
|
|
4237
|
|
|
4238 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4239 /*
|
|
|
4240 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
|
|
|
4241 */
|
|
|
4242 int
|
|
|
4243 vim_ispathlistsep(c)
|
|
|
4244 int c;
|
|
|
4245 {
|
|
|
4246 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4247 return (c == ':');
|
|
|
4248 #else
|
|
|
4249 return (c == ';'); /* might not be rigth for every system... */
|
|
|
4250 #endif
|
|
|
4251 }
|
|
|
4252 #endif
|
|
|
4253
|
|
|
4254 #if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
|
|
|
4255 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4256 /*
|
|
|
4257 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
|
|
|
4258 */
|
|
|
4259 int
|
|
|
4260 vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
|
|
|
4261 char_u *x, *y;
|
|
|
4262 {
|
|
|
4263 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4264 }
|
|
|
4265
|
|
|
4266 int
|
|
|
4267 vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
|
|
|
4268 char_u *x, *y;
|
|
|
4269 size_t len;
|
|
|
4270 {
|
|
|
4271 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
|
|
|
4272 {
|
|
|
4273 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
|
|
|
4274 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
|
|
|
4275 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
|
|
|
4276 break;
|
|
|
4277 ++x;
|
|
|
4278 ++y;
|
|
|
4279 --len;
|
|
|
4280 }
|
|
|
4281 if (len == 0)
|
|
|
4282 return 0;
|
|
|
4283 return (*x - *y);
|
|
|
4284 }
|
|
|
4285 #endif
|
|
|
4286
|
|
|
4287 /*
|
|
|
4288 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
|
|
|
4289 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is neccesary.
|
|
|
4290 */
|
|
|
4291 char_u *
|
|
|
4292 concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
|
|
|
4293 char_u *fname1;
|
|
|
4294 char_u *fname2;
|
|
|
4295 int sep;
|
|
|
4296 {
|
|
|
4297 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
4298
|
|
|
4299 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
|
|
|
4300 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4301 {
|
|
|
4302 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
|
|
|
4303 if (sep)
|
|
|
4304 add_pathsep(dest);
|
|
|
4305 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
|
|
|
4306 }
|
|
|
4307 return dest;
|
|
|
4308 }
|
|
|
4309
|
|
115
|
4310 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4311 /*
|
|
|
4312 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
|
|
|
4313 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
|
4314 */
|
|
|
4315 char_u *
|
|
|
4316 concat_str(str1, str2)
|
|
|
4317 char_u *str1;
|
|
|
4318 char_u *str2;
|
|
|
4319 {
|
|
|
4320 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
4321 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
|
|
|
4322
|
|
|
4323 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
|
|
|
4324 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4325 {
|
|
|
4326 STRCPY(dest, str1);
|
|
|
4327 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
|
|
|
4328 }
|
|
|
4329 return dest;
|
|
|
4330 }
|
|
|
4331 #endif
|
|
|
4332
|
|
7
|
4333 /*
|
|
|
4334 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
|
|
|
4335 * separator.
|
|
|
4336 */
|
|
|
4337 void
|
|
|
4338 add_pathsep(p)
|
|
|
4339 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4340 {
|
|
39
|
4341 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
|
|
7
|
4342 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
|
|
|
4343 }
|
|
|
4344
|
|
|
4345 /*
|
|
|
4346 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
|
|
|
4347 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
|
4348 */
|
|
|
4349 char_u *
|
|
|
4350 FullName_save(fname, force)
|
|
|
4351 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4352 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
|
|
|
4353 like a full path name */
|
|
|
4354 {
|
|
|
4355 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
4356 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
4357
|
|
|
4358 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
4359 return NULL;
|
|
|
4360
|
|
|
4361 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4362 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
4363 {
|
|
|
4364 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
|
|
|
4365 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
|
4366 else
|
|
|
4367 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
|
|
|
4368 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
4369 }
|
|
|
4370 return new_fname;
|
|
|
4371 }
|
|
|
4372
|
|
|
4373 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
|
|
|
4374
|
|
|
4375 static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
4376
|
|
|
4377 /*
|
|
|
4378 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
|
|
|
4379 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
|
|
|
4380 */
|
|
|
4381 pos_T *
|
|
|
4382 find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
4383 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
4384 {
|
|
|
4385 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
4386 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4387 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4388
|
|
|
4389 if ((pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, ind_maxcomment)) == NULL)
|
|
|
4390 return NULL;
|
|
|
4391
|
|
|
4392 /*
|
|
|
4393 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
|
|
|
4394 */
|
|
|
4395 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
4396 for (p = line; *p && (unsigned)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
|
|
|
4397 p = skip_string(p);
|
|
|
4398 if ((unsigned)(p - line) > pos->col)
|
|
|
4399 return NULL;
|
|
|
4400 return pos;
|
|
|
4401 }
|
|
|
4402
|
|
|
4403 /*
|
|
|
4404 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
|
|
|
4405 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
|
|
|
4406 */
|
|
|
4407 static char_u *
|
|
|
4408 skip_string(p)
|
|
|
4409 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4410 {
|
|
|
4411 int i;
|
|
|
4412
|
|
|
4413 /*
|
|
|
4414 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
|
|
|
4415 */
|
|
|
4416 for ( ; ; ++p)
|
|
|
4417 {
|
|
|
4418 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
|
|
|
4419 {
|
|
|
4420 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
|
|
|
4421 break;
|
|
|
4422 i = 2;
|
|
|
4423 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
|
|
|
4424 {
|
|
|
4425 ++i;
|
|
|
4426 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
|
|
|
4427 ++i;
|
|
|
4428 }
|
|
|
4429 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
|
|
|
4430 {
|
|
|
4431 p += i;
|
|
|
4432 continue;
|
|
|
4433 }
|
|
|
4434 }
|
|
|
4435 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
|
|
|
4436 {
|
|
|
4437 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
|
|
|
4438 {
|
|
|
4439 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
4440 ++p;
|
|
|
4441 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
|
|
|
4442 break;
|
|
|
4443 }
|
|
|
4444 if (p[0] == '"')
|
|
|
4445 continue;
|
|
|
4446 }
|
|
|
4447 break; /* no string found */
|
|
|
4448 }
|
|
|
4449 if (!*p)
|
|
|
4450 --p; /* backup from NUL */
|
|
|
4451 return p;
|
|
|
4452 }
|
|
|
4453 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
4454
|
|
|
4455 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4456
|
|
|
4457 /*
|
|
|
4458 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
|
|
|
4459 */
|
|
|
4460 void
|
|
|
4461 do_c_expr_indent()
|
|
|
4462 {
|
|
|
4463 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
4464 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
4465 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
|
|
|
4466 else
|
|
|
4467 # endif
|
|
|
4468 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
|
|
|
4469 }
|
|
|
4470
|
|
|
4471 /*
|
|
|
4472 * Functions for C-indenting.
|
|
|
4473 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
|
|
|
4474 */
|
|
|
4475 /*
|
|
|
4476 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
|
|
|
4477 */
|
|
|
4478
|
|
|
4479 static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4480 static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4481 static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
4482 static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
|
|
|
4483 static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4484 static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
|
|
|
4485 static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
4486 static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
|
|
|
4487 static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
4488 static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
4489 static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4490 static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
|
|
|
4491 static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4492 static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4493 static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
|
|
|
4494 static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
4495 static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
|
|
|
4496 static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4497 static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4498 static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4499 static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
|
|
|
4500 static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4501 static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((char_u *line, colnr_T *col));
|
|
|
4502 static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
|
|
|
4503 static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
|
|
|
4504 static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
4505 static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
|
|
|
4506 static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
|
|
|
4507 static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
|
|
|
4508 static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
|
|
|
4509
|
|
|
4510 /*
|
|
|
4511 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
|
|
|
4512 */
|
|
|
4513 static char_u *
|
|
|
4514 cin_skipcomment(s)
|
|
|
4515 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4516 {
|
|
|
4517 while (*s)
|
|
|
4518 {
|
|
|
4519 s = skipwhite(s);
|
|
|
4520 if (*s != '/')
|
|
|
4521 break;
|
|
|
4522 ++s;
|
|
|
4523 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
|
|
|
4524 {
|
|
|
4525 s += STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
4526 break;
|
|
|
4527 }
|
|
|
4528 if (*s != '*')
|
|
|
4529 break;
|
|
|
4530 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
|
|
|
4531 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
|
|
|
4532 {
|
|
|
4533 s += 2;
|
|
|
4534 break;
|
|
|
4535 }
|
|
|
4536 }
|
|
|
4537 return s;
|
|
|
4538 }
|
|
|
4539
|
|
|
4540 /*
|
|
|
4541 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
|
|
|
4542 * not considered code.
|
|
|
4543 */
|
|
|
4544 static int
|
|
|
4545 cin_nocode(s)
|
|
|
4546 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4547 {
|
|
|
4548 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
|
|
|
4549 }
|
|
|
4550
|
|
|
4551 /*
|
|
|
4552 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
|
|
|
4553 */
|
|
|
4554 static pos_T *
|
|
|
4555 find_line_comment() /* XXX */
|
|
|
4556 {
|
|
|
4557 static pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4558 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4559 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4560
|
|
|
4561 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4562 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
|
|
|
4563 {
|
|
|
4564 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
|
|
|
4565 p = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
4566 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
|
|
|
4567 {
|
|
|
4568 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
|
|
|
4569 return &pos;
|
|
|
4570 }
|
|
|
4571 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
4572 break;
|
|
|
4573 }
|
|
|
4574 return NULL;
|
|
|
4575 }
|
|
|
4576
|
|
|
4577 /*
|
|
|
4578 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
|
|
|
4579 */
|
|
|
4580 static int
|
|
|
4581 cin_islabel_skip(s)
|
|
|
4582 char_u **s;
|
|
|
4583 {
|
|
|
4584 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
|
|
|
4585 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4586
|
|
|
4587 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
|
|
|
4588 (*s)++;
|
|
|
4589
|
|
|
4590 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
|
|
|
4591
|
|
|
4592 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
|
|
|
4593 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
|
|
|
4594 }
|
|
|
4595
|
|
|
4596 /*
|
|
|
4597 * Recognize a label: "label:".
|
|
|
4598 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
|
|
|
4599 */
|
|
|
4600 int
|
|
|
4601 cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
4602 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
4603 {
|
|
|
4604 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4605
|
|
|
4606 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4607
|
|
|
4608 /*
|
|
|
4609 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
|
|
|
4610 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
|
|
|
4611 */
|
|
|
4612 if (cin_isdefault(s))
|
|
|
4613 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4614 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
|
|
|
4615 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4616
|
|
|
4617 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
|
|
|
4618 {
|
|
|
4619 /*
|
|
|
4620 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
|
|
|
4621 * label.
|
|
|
4622 */
|
|
|
4623 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
4624 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
4625 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4626
|
|
|
4627 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4628 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
4629 {
|
|
|
4630 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4631
|
|
|
4632 /*
|
|
|
4633 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
|
|
|
4634 */
|
|
|
4635 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
4636 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
4637 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
|
4638
|
|
|
4639 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4640 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
|
|
|
4641 continue;
|
|
|
4642 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
|
|
|
4643 continue;
|
|
|
4644
|
|
|
4645 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
4646 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
|
|
|
4647 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
|
|
|
4648 || cin_iscase(line)
|
|
|
4649 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
|
|
|
4650 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4651 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4652 }
|
|
|
4653 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
4654 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
|
|
|
4655 }
|
|
|
4656 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4657 }
|
|
|
4658
|
|
|
4659 /*
|
|
|
4660 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
|
|
|
4661 * Q&D-Implementation:
|
|
|
4662 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
|
|
|
4663 */
|
|
|
4664 static int
|
|
|
4665 cin_isinit(void)
|
|
|
4666 {
|
|
|
4667 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4668
|
|
|
4669 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4670
|
|
|
4671 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
|
|
|
4672 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
|
|
|
4673
|
|
|
4674 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
|
|
|
4675 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4676
|
|
|
4677 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
|
|
|
4678 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4679
|
|
|
4680 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4681 }
|
|
|
4682
|
|
|
4683 /*
|
|
|
4684 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
|
|
|
4685 */
|
|
|
4686 int
|
|
|
4687 cin_iscase(s)
|
|
|
4688 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4689 {
|
|
|
4690 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
4691 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
|
|
|
4692 {
|
|
|
4693 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
|
|
|
4694 {
|
|
|
4695 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
4696 if (*s == ':')
|
|
|
4697 {
|
|
|
4698 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
|
|
|
4699 ++s;
|
|
|
4700 else
|
|
|
4701 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4702 }
|
|
|
4703 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
|
|
|
4704 s += 2; /* skip over '.' */
|
|
|
4705 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
|
|
|
4706 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
|
|
|
4707 else if (*s == '"')
|
|
|
4708 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
|
|
|
4709 }
|
|
|
4710 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4711 }
|
|
|
4712
|
|
|
4713 if (cin_isdefault(s))
|
|
|
4714 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4715 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4716 }
|
|
|
4717
|
|
|
4718 /*
|
|
|
4719 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
|
|
|
4720 */
|
|
|
4721 static int
|
|
|
4722 cin_isdefault(s)
|
|
|
4723 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4724 {
|
|
|
4725 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
|
|
|
4726 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
|
|
|
4727 && s[1] != ':');
|
|
|
4728 }
|
|
|
4729
|
|
|
4730 /*
|
|
|
4731 * Recognize a "public/private/proctected" scope declaration label.
|
|
|
4732 */
|
|
|
4733 int
|
|
|
4734 cin_isscopedecl(s)
|
|
|
4735 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4736 {
|
|
|
4737 int i;
|
|
|
4738
|
|
|
4739 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
4740 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
4741 i = 6;
|
|
|
4742 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
|
|
|
4743 i = 9;
|
|
|
4744 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
|
|
|
4745 i = 7;
|
|
|
4746 else
|
|
|
4747 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4748 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
|
|
|
4749 }
|
|
|
4750
|
|
|
4751 /*
|
|
|
4752 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
|
|
|
4753 * Return NULL if not found.
|
|
|
4754 * case 234: a = b;
|
|
|
4755 * ^
|
|
|
4756 */
|
|
|
4757 static char_u *
|
|
|
4758 after_label(l)
|
|
|
4759 char_u *l;
|
|
|
4760 {
|
|
|
4761 for ( ; *l; ++l)
|
|
|
4762 {
|
|
|
4763 if (*l == ':')
|
|
|
4764 {
|
|
|
4765 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
|
|
|
4766 ++l;
|
|
|
4767 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1))
|
|
|
4768 break;
|
|
|
4769 }
|
|
|
4770 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
|
|
|
4771 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
|
|
|
4772 }
|
|
|
4773 if (*l == NUL)
|
|
|
4774 return NULL;
|
|
|
4775 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
|
|
|
4776 if (*l == NUL)
|
|
|
4777 return NULL;
|
|
|
4778 return l;
|
|
|
4779 }
|
|
|
4780
|
|
|
4781 /*
|
|
|
4782 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
|
|
|
4783 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
|
|
|
4784 */
|
|
|
4785 static int
|
|
|
4786 get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
|
|
|
4787 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
4788 {
|
|
|
4789 char_u *l;
|
|
|
4790 pos_T fp;
|
|
|
4791 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4792 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4793
|
|
|
4794 l = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
4795 p = after_label(l);
|
|
|
4796 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
4797 return 0;
|
|
|
4798
|
|
|
4799 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
|
|
|
4800 fp.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
4801 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
4802 return (int)col;
|
|
|
4803 }
|
|
|
4804
|
|
|
4805 /*
|
|
|
4806 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
|
|
|
4807 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label).
|
|
|
4808 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
|
|
|
4809 * ^
|
|
|
4810 */
|
|
|
4811 static int
|
|
|
4812 skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
|
|
|
4813 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
4814 char_u **pp;
|
|
|
4815 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
4816 {
|
|
|
4817 char_u *l;
|
|
|
4818 int amount;
|
|
|
4819 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
4820
|
|
|
4821 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4822 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
4823 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4824 /* XXX */
|
|
|
4825 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l) || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
4826 {
|
|
|
4827 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
|
|
|
4828 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4829 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
4830 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4831 }
|
|
|
4832 else
|
|
|
4833 {
|
|
|
4834 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
4835 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4836 }
|
|
|
4837 *pp = l;
|
|
|
4838
|
|
|
4839 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
4840 return amount;
|
|
|
4841 }
|
|
|
4842
|
|
|
4843 /*
|
|
|
4844 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
|
|
|
4845 * int a, indent of "a"
|
|
|
4846 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
|
|
|
4847 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
|
|
|
4848 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
|
|
|
4849 */
|
|
|
4850 static int
|
|
|
4851 cin_first_id_amount()
|
|
|
4852 {
|
|
|
4853 char_u *line, *p, *s;
|
|
|
4854 int len;
|
|
|
4855 pos_T fp;
|
|
|
4856 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4857
|
|
|
4858 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4859 p = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
4860 len = skiptowhite(p) - p;
|
|
|
4861 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
4862 {
|
|
|
4863 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
|
|
|
4864 len = skiptowhite(p) - p;
|
|
|
4865 }
|
|
|
4866 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
4867 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
|
|
|
4868 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
4869 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
|
|
|
4870 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
|
|
|
4871 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
|
|
|
4872 {
|
|
|
4873 s = skipwhite(p + len);
|
|
|
4874 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
|
|
|
4875 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
|
|
|
4876 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
|
|
|
4877 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
|
|
|
4878 p = s;
|
|
|
4879 }
|
|
|
4880 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
|
|
|
4881 ;
|
|
|
4882 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
|
|
|
4883 return 0;
|
|
|
4884
|
|
|
4885 p = skipwhite(p + len);
|
|
|
4886 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4887 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
|
|
|
4888 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
4889 return (int)col;
|
|
|
4890 }
|
|
|
4891
|
|
|
4892 /*
|
|
|
4893 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
|
|
|
4894 * char *foo = "here";
|
|
|
4895 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
|
|
|
4896 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
|
|
|
4897 * foo = "asdf\
|
|
|
4898 * asdf\
|
|
|
4899 * here";
|
|
|
4900 */
|
|
|
4901 static int
|
|
|
4902 cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
|
|
|
4903 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
4904 {
|
|
|
4905 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4906 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4907 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4908 pos_T fp;
|
|
|
4909
|
|
|
4910 if (lnum > 1)
|
|
|
4911 {
|
|
|
4912 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
|
|
|
4913 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
4914 return -1;
|
|
|
4915 }
|
|
|
4916
|
|
|
4917 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
4918 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
|
|
|
4919 {
|
|
|
4920 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
|
|
|
4921 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
4922 else
|
|
|
4923 ++s;
|
|
|
4924 }
|
|
|
4925 if (*s != '=')
|
|
|
4926 return 0;
|
|
|
4927
|
|
|
4928 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
|
|
|
4929 if (cin_nocode(s))
|
|
|
4930 return 0;
|
|
|
4931
|
|
|
4932 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
|
|
|
4933 ++s;
|
|
|
4934
|
|
|
4935 fp.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
4936 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
|
|
|
4937 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
4938 return (int)col;
|
|
|
4939 }
|
|
|
4940
|
|
|
4941 /*
|
|
|
4942 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
|
|
|
4943 */
|
|
|
4944 static int
|
|
|
4945 cin_ispreproc(s)
|
|
|
4946 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4947 {
|
|
|
4948 s = skipwhite(s);
|
|
|
4949 if (*s == '#')
|
|
|
4950 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4951 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4952 }
|
|
|
4953
|
|
|
4954 /*
|
|
|
4955 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
|
|
|
4956 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
|
|
|
4957 * start and return the line in "*pp".
|
|
|
4958 */
|
|
|
4959 static int
|
|
|
4960 cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
|
|
|
4961 char_u **pp;
|
|
|
4962 linenr_T *lnump;
|
|
|
4963 {
|
|
|
4964 char_u *line = *pp;
|
|
|
4965 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
|
|
|
4966 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
4967
|
|
|
4968 while (1)
|
|
|
4969 {
|
|
|
4970 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
|
|
|
4971 {
|
|
|
4972 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
4973 *lnump = lnum;
|
|
|
4974 break;
|
|
|
4975 }
|
|
|
4976 if (lnum == 1)
|
|
|
4977 break;
|
|
|
4978 line = ml_get(--lnum);
|
|
|
4979 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
4980 break;
|
|
|
4981 }
|
|
|
4982
|
|
|
4983 if (lnum != *lnump)
|
|
|
4984 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
|
|
|
4985 return retval;
|
|
|
4986 }
|
|
|
4987
|
|
|
4988 /*
|
|
|
4989 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
|
|
|
4990 */
|
|
|
4991 static int
|
|
|
4992 cin_iscomment(p)
|
|
|
4993 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4994 {
|
|
|
4995 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
|
|
|
4996 }
|
|
|
4997
|
|
|
4998 /*
|
|
|
4999 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
|
|
|
5000 */
|
|
|
5001 static int
|
|
|
5002 cin_islinecomment(p)
|
|
|
5003 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5004 {
|
|
|
5005 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
|
|
|
5006 }
|
|
|
5007
|
|
|
5008 /*
|
|
|
5009 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
|
|
|
5010 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
|
|
|
5011 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
|
|
|
5012 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
|
|
|
5013 */
|
|
|
5014 static int
|
|
|
5015 cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
|
|
|
5016 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5017 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
|
|
|
5018 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
|
|
|
5019 {
|
|
|
5020 char_u found_start = 0;
|
|
|
5021
|
|
|
5022 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5023
|
|
|
5024 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
|
|
|
5025 found_start = *s;
|
|
|
5026
|
|
|
5027 while (*s)
|
|
|
5028 {
|
|
|
5029 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
|
|
|
5030 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
|
|
|
5031 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
|
|
|
5032 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
|
|
|
5033 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
5034 return *s;
|
|
|
5035
|
|
|
5036 if (*s)
|
|
|
5037 s++;
|
|
|
5038 }
|
|
|
5039 return found_start;
|
|
|
5040 }
|
|
|
5041
|
|
|
5042 /*
|
|
|
5043 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
|
|
|
5044 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
|
|
|
5045 * no semicolons anywhere.
|
|
|
5046 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
|
|
|
5047 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
|
|
|
5048 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
|
|
|
5049 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
|
|
|
5050 */
|
|
|
5051 static int
|
|
|
5052 cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
|
|
|
5053 char_u **sp;
|
|
|
5054 linenr_T first_lnum;
|
|
|
5055 {
|
|
|
5056 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5057 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
|
|
|
5058 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5059
|
|
|
5060 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
5061 s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
5062 else
|
|
|
5063 s = *sp;
|
|
|
5064
|
|
|
5065 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
|
|
|
5066 {
|
|
|
5067 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
|
|
|
5068 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5069 else
|
|
|
5070 ++s;
|
|
|
5071 }
|
|
|
5072 if (*s != '(')
|
|
|
5073 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
|
|
|
5074
|
|
|
5075 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
|
|
|
5076 {
|
|
|
5077 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
5078 {
|
|
|
5079 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
|
|
|
5080 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
|
|
|
5081 * #if defined(x) && \
|
|
|
5082 * defined(y)
|
|
|
5083 */
|
|
|
5084 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
|
|
|
5085 s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
5086 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
5087 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5088 goto done;
|
|
|
5089 }
|
|
|
5090 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
5091 {
|
|
|
5092 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
|
|
|
5093 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5094 break;
|
|
|
5095
|
|
|
5096 s = ml_get(++lnum);
|
|
|
5097 }
|
|
|
5098 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
|
|
|
5099 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5100 else
|
|
|
5101 ++s;
|
|
|
5102 }
|
|
|
5103
|
|
|
5104 done:
|
|
|
5105 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
|
|
|
5106 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
|
|
|
5107
|
|
|
5108 return retval;
|
|
|
5109 }
|
|
|
5110
|
|
|
5111 static int
|
|
|
5112 cin_isif(p)
|
|
|
5113 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5114 {
|
|
|
5115 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
|
|
|
5116 }
|
|
|
5117
|
|
|
5118 static int
|
|
|
5119 cin_iselse(p)
|
|
|
5120 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5121 {
|
|
|
5122 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
|
|
|
5123 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
|
|
|
5124 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
|
|
|
5125 }
|
|
|
5126
|
|
|
5127 static int
|
|
|
5128 cin_isdo(p)
|
|
|
5129 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5130 {
|
|
|
5131 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
|
|
|
5132 }
|
|
|
5133
|
|
|
5134 /*
|
|
|
5135 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
|
|
|
5136 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
|
|
|
5137 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
|
|
|
5138 */
|
|
|
5139 static int
|
|
|
5140 cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5141 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5142 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5143 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5144 {
|
|
|
5145 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
5146 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5147 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5148
|
|
|
5149 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
|
5150 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
|
|
|
5151 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
|
|
|
5152 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
|
|
|
5153 {
|
|
|
5154 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5155 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5156 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5157 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5158 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
|
|
|
5159 {
|
|
|
5160 ++p;
|
|
|
5161 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5162 }
|
|
|
5163 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
|
|
|
5164 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
|
|
|
5165 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5166 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5167 }
|
|
|
5168 return retval;
|
|
|
5169 }
|
|
|
5170
|
|
|
5171 static int
|
|
|
5172 cin_isbreak(p)
|
|
|
5173 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5174 {
|
|
|
5175 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
|
|
|
5176 }
|
|
|
5177
|
|
|
5178 /* Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
|
|
|
5179 * constructor-initialization. eg:
|
|
|
5180 *
|
|
|
5181 * class MyClass :
|
|
|
5182 * baseClass <-- here
|
|
|
5183 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
|
|
|
5184 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
|
|
|
5185 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
|
|
|
5186 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
|
|
|
5187 */
|
|
|
5188 static int
|
|
|
5189 cin_is_cpp_baseclass(line, col)
|
|
|
5190 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5191 colnr_T *col;
|
|
|
5192 {
|
|
|
5193 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5194 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
|
|
|
5195
|
|
|
5196 *col = 0;
|
|
|
5197
|
|
17
|
5198 s = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
5199 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
|
|
|
5200 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5201 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
7
|
5202 if (*s == NUL)
|
|
|
5203 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5204
|
|
|
5205 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5206
|
|
|
5207 while(*s != NUL)
|
|
|
5208 {
|
|
|
5209 if (s[0] == ':')
|
|
|
5210 {
|
|
|
5211 if (s[1] == ':')
|
|
|
5212 {
|
|
|
5213 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
|
|
|
5214 * initialization any more */
|
|
|
5215 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5216 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
|
|
|
5217 }
|
|
|
5218 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
|
|
|
5219 {
|
|
|
5220 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
|
|
|
5221 * cpp-base-class-declaration or contructor-initialization */
|
|
|
5222 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
|
|
|
5223 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5224 *col = 0;
|
|
|
5225 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
|
5226 }
|
|
|
5227 else
|
|
|
5228 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
|
5229 }
|
|
|
5230 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
|
|
|
5231 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
|
|
|
5232 {
|
|
|
5233 class_or_struct = TRUE;
|
|
|
5234 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5235
|
|
|
5236 if (*s == 'c')
|
|
|
5237 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
|
|
|
5238 else
|
|
|
5239 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
|
|
|
5240 }
|
|
|
5241 else
|
|
|
5242 {
|
|
|
5243 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
|
|
|
5244 {
|
|
|
5245 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5246 }
|
|
|
5247 else if (s[0] == ')')
|
|
|
5248 {
|
|
|
5249 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
|
|
|
5250 * something like "):" */
|
|
|
5251 class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5252 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
|
|
|
5253 }
|
|
|
5254 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
|
|
|
5255 {
|
|
|
5256 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
|
|
|
5257 class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5258 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5259 }
|
|
|
5260 else if (*col == 0)
|
|
|
5261 {
|
|
|
5262 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
|
|
|
5263 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5264
|
|
|
5265 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
|
|
|
5266 if (cpp_base_class && *col == 0)
|
|
|
5267 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
|
|
|
5268 }
|
|
|
5269
|
|
|
5270 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
|
5271 }
|
|
|
5272 }
|
|
|
5273
|
|
|
5274 return cpp_base_class;
|
|
|
5275 }
|
|
|
5276
|
|
|
5277 /*
|
|
|
5278 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
|
|
|
5279 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
|
|
|
5280 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
|
|
|
5281 */
|
|
|
5282 static int
|
|
|
5283 cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
|
|
|
5284 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5285 char_u *find;
|
|
|
5286 char_u *ignore;
|
|
|
5287 {
|
|
|
5288 char_u *p = s;
|
|
|
5289 char_u *r;
|
|
|
5290 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
|
|
|
5291
|
|
|
5292 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
5293 {
|
|
|
5294 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
|
5295 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
|
|
|
5296 {
|
|
|
5297 r = skipwhite(p + len);
|
|
|
5298 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
|
|
|
5299 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
|
|
|
5300 if (cin_nocode(r))
|
|
|
5301 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5302 }
|
|
|
5303 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
5304 ++p;
|
|
|
5305 }
|
|
|
5306 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5307 }
|
|
|
5308
|
|
|
5309 /*
|
|
|
5310 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
|
|
|
5311 * Return the column found.
|
|
|
5312 */
|
|
|
5313 static int
|
|
|
5314 cin_skip2pos(trypos)
|
|
|
5315 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5316 {
|
|
|
5317 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5318 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5319
|
|
|
5320 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
|
|
|
5321 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
|
|
|
5322 {
|
|
|
5323 if (cin_iscomment(p))
|
|
|
5324 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
|
5325 else
|
|
|
5326 {
|
|
|
5327 p = skip_string(p);
|
|
|
5328 ++p;
|
|
|
5329 }
|
|
|
5330 }
|
|
|
5331 return (int)(p - line);
|
|
|
5332 }
|
|
|
5333
|
|
|
5334 /*
|
|
|
5335 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
|
|
|
5336 * Return NULL if no match found.
|
|
|
5337 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
|
|
|
5338 * work. */
|
|
|
5339 /* foo() */
|
|
|
5340 /* { */
|
|
|
5341 /* } */
|
|
|
5342
|
|
|
5343 static pos_T *
|
|
|
5344 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5345 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
5346 {
|
|
|
5347 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
5348 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5349 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
5350 static pos_T pos_copy;
|
|
|
5351
|
|
|
5352 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5353 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5354 {
|
|
|
5355 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
|
|
|
5356 trypos = &pos_copy;
|
|
|
5357 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
|
5358 pos = NULL;
|
|
|
5359 /* ignore the { if it's in a // comment */
|
|
|
5360 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
|
|
|
5361 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5362 break;
|
|
|
5363 if (pos != NULL)
|
|
|
5364 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
5365 }
|
|
|
5366 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5367 return trypos;
|
|
|
5368 }
|
|
|
5369
|
|
|
5370 /*
|
|
|
5371 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
|
|
|
5372 * Return NULL of no match found.
|
|
|
5373 */
|
|
|
5374 static pos_T *
|
|
|
5375 find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5376 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5377 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
5378 {
|
|
|
5379 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
5380 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5381 static pos_T pos_copy;
|
|
|
5382
|
|
|
5383 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5384 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5385 {
|
|
|
5386 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
|
|
|
5387 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
|
|
|
5388 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
5389 else
|
|
|
5390 {
|
|
|
5391 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
|
|
|
5392 trypos = &pos_copy;
|
|
|
5393 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
|
5394 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5395 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
5396 }
|
|
|
5397 }
|
|
|
5398 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5399 return trypos;
|
|
|
5400 }
|
|
|
5401
|
|
|
5402 /*
|
|
|
5403 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
|
|
|
5404 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
|
|
|
5405 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
|
|
|
5406 * looking a few lines further.
|
|
|
5407 */
|
|
|
5408 static int
|
|
|
5409 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
|
|
|
5410 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5411 pos_T *startpos;
|
|
|
5412 {
|
|
|
5413 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5414
|
|
|
5415 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
|
|
|
5416 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
|
|
|
5417 return ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5418 }
|
|
|
5419
|
|
|
5420 /*
|
|
|
5421 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
|
|
|
5422 * line "l".
|
|
|
5423 */
|
|
|
5424 static int
|
|
|
5425 find_last_paren(l, start, end)
|
|
|
5426 char_u *l;
|
|
|
5427 int start, end;
|
|
|
5428 {
|
|
|
5429 int i;
|
|
|
5430 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5431 int open_count = 0;
|
|
|
5432
|
|
|
5433 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
|
|
|
5434
|
|
|
5435 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
|
|
|
5436 {
|
|
|
5437 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
|
|
|
5438 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
|
|
|
5439 if (l[i] == start)
|
|
|
5440 ++open_count;
|
|
|
5441 else if (l[i] == end)
|
|
|
5442 {
|
|
|
5443 if (open_count > 0)
|
|
|
5444 --open_count;
|
|
|
5445 else
|
|
|
5446 {
|
|
|
5447 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
5448 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5449 }
|
|
|
5450 }
|
|
|
5451 }
|
|
|
5452 return retval;
|
|
|
5453 }
|
|
|
5454
|
|
|
5455 int
|
|
|
5456 get_c_indent()
|
|
|
5457 {
|
|
|
5458 /*
|
|
|
5459 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
|
|
|
5460 * block should be
|
|
|
5461 */
|
|
|
5462 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5463
|
|
|
5464 /*
|
|
|
5465 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
|
|
|
5466 * line is imagined to be.
|
|
|
5467 */
|
|
|
5468 int ind_open_imag = 0;
|
|
|
5469
|
|
|
5470 /*
|
|
|
5471 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not precededof by
|
|
|
5472 * an opening brace.
|
|
|
5473 */
|
|
|
5474 int ind_no_brace = 0;
|
|
|
5475
|
|
|
5476 /*
|
|
|
5477 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
|
|
|
5478 */
|
|
|
5479 int ind_first_open = 0;
|
|
|
5480
|
|
|
5481 /*
|
|
|
5482 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
|
|
|
5483 * located
|
|
|
5484 */
|
|
|
5485 int ind_open_extra = 0;
|
|
|
5486
|
|
|
5487 /*
|
|
|
5488 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
|
|
|
5489 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
|
|
|
5490 * brace should be located
|
|
|
5491 */
|
|
|
5492 int ind_close_extra = 0;
|
|
|
5493
|
|
|
5494 /*
|
|
|
5495 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
|
|
|
5496 * column is imagined to be
|
|
|
5497 */
|
|
|
5498 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
|
|
|
5499
|
|
|
5500 /*
|
|
|
5501 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
|
|
|
5502 */
|
|
|
5503 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5504
|
|
|
5505 /*
|
|
|
5506 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
|
|
|
5507 */
|
|
|
5508 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5509
|
|
|
5510 /*
|
|
|
5511 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
|
|
|
5512 */
|
|
|
5513 int ind_case_break = 0;
|
|
|
5514
|
|
|
5515 /*
|
|
|
5516 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
|
|
|
5517 * should be located
|
|
|
5518 */
|
|
|
5519 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5520
|
|
|
5521 /*
|
|
|
5522 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
|
|
|
5523 */
|
|
|
5524 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5525
|
|
|
5526 /*
|
|
|
5527 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
|
|
|
5528 */
|
|
|
5529 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5530
|
|
|
5531 /*
|
|
|
5532 * amount a function type spec should be indented
|
|
|
5533 */
|
|
|
5534 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5535
|
|
|
5536 /*
|
|
|
5537 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
|
|
|
5538 * should be indented
|
|
|
5539 */
|
|
|
5540 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5541
|
|
|
5542 /*
|
|
|
5543 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
|
|
|
5544 * should be located
|
|
|
5545 */
|
|
|
5546 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5547
|
|
|
5548 /*
|
|
|
5549 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
|
|
|
5550 */
|
|
|
5551 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
|
|
|
5552
|
|
|
5553 /*
|
|
|
5554 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
|
|
|
5555 * itself is also unclosed
|
|
|
5556 */
|
|
|
5557 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5558
|
|
|
5559 /*
|
|
|
5560 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
|
|
|
5561 * unclosed parentheses.
|
|
|
5562 */
|
|
|
5563 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
|
|
|
5564
|
|
|
5565 /*
|
|
|
5566 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
|
|
|
5567 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
|
|
|
5568 * context (for very long lines).
|
|
|
5569 */
|
|
|
5570 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
|
|
|
5571
|
|
|
5572 /*
|
|
|
5573 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
|
|
|
5574 * an unclosed parentheses.
|
|
|
5575 */
|
|
|
5576 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
|
|
|
5577
|
|
|
5578 /*
|
|
|
5579 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
|
|
|
5580 * opening parentheses.
|
|
|
5581 */
|
|
|
5582 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
|
|
|
5583
|
|
|
5584 /*
|
|
|
5585 * Extra indent for comments.
|
|
|
5586 */
|
|
|
5587 int ind_comment = 0;
|
|
|
5588
|
|
|
5589 /*
|
|
|
5590 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
|
|
|
5591 */
|
|
|
5592 int ind_in_comment = 3;
|
|
|
5593
|
|
|
5594 /*
|
|
|
5595 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
|
|
|
5596 * after the comment opener.
|
|
|
5597 */
|
|
|
5598 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
|
|
|
5599
|
|
|
5600 /*
|
|
|
5601 * max lines to search for an open paren
|
|
|
5602 */
|
|
|
5603 int ind_maxparen = 20;
|
|
|
5604
|
|
|
5605 /*
|
|
|
5606 * max lines to search for an open comment
|
|
|
5607 */
|
|
|
5608 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
|
|
|
5609
|
|
|
5610 /*
|
|
|
5611 * handle braces for java code
|
|
|
5612 */
|
|
|
5613 int ind_java = 0;
|
|
|
5614
|
|
|
5615 /*
|
|
|
5616 * handle blocked cases correctly
|
|
|
5617 */
|
|
|
5618 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
|
|
|
5619
|
|
|
5620 pos_T cur_curpos;
|
|
|
5621 int amount;
|
|
|
5622 int scope_amount;
|
|
|
5623 int cur_amount;
|
|
|
5624 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
5625 char_u *theline;
|
|
|
5626 char_u *linecopy;
|
|
|
5627 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5628 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
|
|
|
5629 pos_T our_paren_pos;
|
|
|
5630 char_u *start;
|
|
|
5631 int start_brace;
|
|
|
5632 #define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in comumn 0 */
|
|
|
5633 #define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
|
|
|
5634 #define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
|
|
|
5635 linenr_T ourscope;
|
|
|
5636 char_u *l;
|
|
|
5637 char_u *look;
|
|
|
5638 char_u terminated;
|
|
|
5639 int lookfor;
|
|
|
5640 #define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
|
|
|
5641 #define LOOKFOR_IF 1
|
|
|
5642 #define LOOKFOR_DO 2
|
|
|
5643 #define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
|
|
|
5644 #define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
|
|
|
5645 #define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
|
|
|
5646 #define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
|
|
|
5647 #define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
|
|
|
5648 #define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
|
|
|
5649 #define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
|
|
|
5650 #define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
|
|
|
5651
|
|
|
5652 int whilelevel;
|
|
|
5653 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5654 char_u *options;
|
|
|
5655 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
5656 int divider;
|
|
|
5657 int n;
|
|
|
5658 int iscase;
|
|
|
5659 int lookfor_break;
|
|
|
5660 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
|
|
|
5661
|
|
|
5662 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
|
|
|
5663 {
|
|
|
5664 l = options++;
|
|
|
5665 if (*options == '-')
|
|
|
5666 ++options;
|
|
|
5667 n = getdigits(&options);
|
|
|
5668 divider = 0;
|
|
|
5669 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
|
|
|
5670 {
|
|
|
5671 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
|
|
|
5672 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
|
|
|
5673 {
|
|
|
5674 ++options;
|
|
|
5675 if (divider)
|
|
|
5676 divider *= 10;
|
|
|
5677 else
|
|
|
5678 divider = 10;
|
|
|
5679 }
|
|
|
5680 }
|
|
|
5681 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
5682 {
|
|
|
5683 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
|
|
|
5684 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
5685 else
|
|
|
5686 {
|
|
|
5687 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5688 if (divider)
|
|
|
5689 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
|
|
|
5690 }
|
|
|
5691 ++options;
|
|
|
5692 }
|
|
|
5693 if (l[1] == '-')
|
|
|
5694 n = -n;
|
|
|
5695 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
|
|
|
5696 * change.txt, and add explanation for it! */
|
|
|
5697 switch (*l)
|
|
|
5698 {
|
|
|
5699 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
|
|
|
5700 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
|
|
|
5701 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
|
|
|
5702 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
|
|
|
5703 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
|
|
|
5704 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
|
|
|
5705 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
|
|
|
5706 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
|
|
|
5707 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
|
|
|
5708 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
|
|
|
5709 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
|
|
|
5710 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
|
|
|
5711 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
|
|
|
5712 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
|
|
|
5713 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
|
|
|
5714 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
|
|
|
5715 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
|
|
|
5716 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
|
|
|
5717 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
|
|
|
5718 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
|
|
|
5719 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
|
|
|
5720 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
|
|
|
5721 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
|
|
|
5722 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
|
|
|
5723 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
|
|
|
5724 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
|
|
|
5725 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
|
|
|
5726 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
|
|
|
5727 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
|
|
|
5728 }
|
|
|
5729 }
|
|
|
5730
|
|
|
5731 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
|
|
|
5732 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5733
|
|
|
5734 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
|
|
|
5735 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
|
|
|
5736 * ml_get is valid! */
|
|
|
5737 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
|
|
|
5738 if (linecopy == NULL)
|
|
|
5739 return 0;
|
|
|
5740
|
|
|
5741 /*
|
|
|
5742 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
|
|
|
5743 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
|
|
|
5744 * inserting new stuff.
|
|
|
5745 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
|
|
|
5746 * check for that.
|
|
|
5747 */
|
|
|
5748 if ((State & INSERT)
|
|
|
5749 && curwin->w_cursor.col < STRLEN(linecopy)
|
|
|
5750 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
|
|
|
5751 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
5752
|
|
|
5753 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
|
|
|
5754
|
|
|
5755 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
|
|
|
5756
|
|
|
5757 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5758
|
|
|
5759 /*
|
|
|
5760 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
5761 */
|
|
|
5762 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
|
|
|
5763 {
|
|
|
5764 amount = 0;
|
|
|
5765 }
|
|
|
5766
|
|
|
5767 /*
|
|
|
5768 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too.
|
|
|
5769 */
|
|
|
5770 else if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5771 {
|
|
|
5772 amount = 0;
|
|
|
5773 }
|
|
|
5774
|
|
|
5775 /*
|
|
|
5776 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
|
|
|
5777 * previous line, lineup with that one.
|
|
|
5778 */
|
|
|
5779 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
|
|
|
5780 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5781 {
|
|
|
5782 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
|
|
|
5783 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5784 amount = col;
|
|
|
5785 }
|
|
|
5786
|
|
|
5787 /*
|
|
|
5788 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
|
|
|
5789 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
|
|
|
5790 */
|
|
|
5791 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
|
|
|
5792 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5793 {
|
|
|
5794 int lead_start_len = 2;
|
|
|
5795 int lead_middle_len = 1;
|
|
|
5796 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
|
|
|
5797 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
|
|
|
5798 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
5799 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5800 int start_align = 0;
|
|
|
5801 int start_off = 0;
|
|
|
5802 int done = FALSE;
|
|
|
5803
|
|
|
5804 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
|
|
|
5805 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5806 amount = col;
|
|
|
5807
|
|
|
5808 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
5809 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
5810 {
|
|
|
5811 int align = 0;
|
|
|
5812 int off = 0;
|
|
|
5813 int what = 0;
|
|
|
5814
|
|
|
5815 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
|
|
|
5816 {
|
|
|
5817 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
|
|
|
5818 what = *p++;
|
|
|
5819 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
|
|
|
5820 align = *p++;
|
|
|
5821 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
|
|
|
5822 off = getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
5823 else
|
|
|
5824 ++p;
|
|
|
5825 }
|
|
|
5826
|
|
|
5827 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
5828 ++p;
|
|
|
5829 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
5830 if (what == COM_START)
|
|
|
5831 {
|
|
|
5832 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
|
|
|
5833 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
|
|
|
5834 start_off = off;
|
|
|
5835 start_align = align;
|
|
|
5836 }
|
|
|
5837 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
|
|
|
5838 {
|
|
|
5839 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
|
|
|
5840 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
|
|
|
5841 }
|
|
|
5842 else if (what == COM_END)
|
|
|
5843 {
|
|
|
5844 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
|
|
|
5845 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
|
|
|
5846 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
|
|
|
5847 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
|
|
|
5848 {
|
|
|
5849 done = TRUE;
|
|
|
5850 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
5851 {
|
|
|
5852 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
|
|
|
5853 * line, use the indent of that line pluss offset. If
|
|
|
5854 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
|
|
|
5855 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
|
|
|
5856 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
|
|
|
5857 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
|
|
|
5858 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
5859 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
|
|
|
5860 lead_middle_len) == 0)
|
|
|
5861 {
|
|
|
5862 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
5863 break;
|
|
|
5864 }
|
|
|
5865 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
|
|
|
5866 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
|
|
|
5867 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
|
|
|
5868 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
|
|
|
5869 continue;
|
|
|
5870 }
|
|
|
5871 if (start_off != 0)
|
|
|
5872 amount += start_off;
|
|
|
5873 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
|
|
17
|
5874 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
|
|
|
5875 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
|
|
7
|
5876 break;
|
|
|
5877 }
|
|
|
5878
|
|
|
5879 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
|
|
|
5880 * with the middle comment */
|
|
|
5881 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
|
|
|
5882 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
|
|
|
5883 {
|
|
|
5884 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
5885 /* XXX */
|
|
|
5886 if (off != 0)
|
|
|
5887 amount += off;
|
|
|
5888 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
|
|
17
|
5889 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
|
|
|
5890 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
|
|
7
|
5891 done = TRUE;
|
|
|
5892 break;
|
|
|
5893 }
|
|
|
5894 }
|
|
|
5895 }
|
|
|
5896
|
|
|
5897 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
|
|
|
5898 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
|
|
|
5899 * with the first character of the comment text.
|
|
|
5900 */
|
|
|
5901 if (done)
|
|
|
5902 ;
|
|
|
5903 else if (theline[0] == '*')
|
|
|
5904 amount += 1;
|
|
|
5905 else
|
|
|
5906 {
|
|
|
5907 /*
|
|
|
5908 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
|
|
|
5909 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
|
|
|
5910 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
|
|
|
5911 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
|
|
|
5912 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
|
|
|
5913 */
|
|
|
5914 amount = -1;
|
|
|
5915 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
|
|
|
5916 {
|
|
|
5917 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
|
|
|
5918 continue;
|
|
|
5919 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
5920 break;
|
|
|
5921 }
|
|
|
5922 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
|
|
|
5923 {
|
|
|
5924 if (!ind_in_comment2)
|
|
|
5925 {
|
|
|
5926 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
|
|
|
5927 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
|
|
|
5928 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
|
|
|
5929 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
|
|
|
5930 }
|
|
|
5931 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5932 amount = col;
|
|
|
5933 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
|
|
|
5934 amount += ind_in_comment;
|
|
|
5935 }
|
|
|
5936 }
|
|
|
5937 }
|
|
|
5938
|
|
|
5939 /*
|
|
|
5940 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
|
|
|
5941 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
5942 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
|
|
|
5943 && ind_java == 0)
|
|
|
5944 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
|
|
|
5945 || trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
5946 {
|
|
|
5947 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
|
|
|
5948 {
|
|
|
5949 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
|
|
|
5950 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
|
|
|
5951 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
|
|
|
5952 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
|
|
|
5953 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
|
|
|
5954 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
5955 else
|
|
|
5956 tryposBrace = NULL;
|
|
|
5957 }
|
|
|
5958
|
|
|
5959 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
5960 {
|
|
|
5961 /*
|
|
|
5962 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
|
|
|
5963 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
|
|
|
5964 */
|
|
|
5965 amount = -1;
|
|
|
5966 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
5967 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
|
|
|
5968 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
|
|
|
5969 {
|
|
|
5970 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
|
|
|
5971 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
|
|
|
5972 continue;
|
|
|
5973 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
|
|
|
5974 continue;
|
|
|
5975 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5976
|
|
|
5977 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
|
|
|
5978 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5979 {
|
|
|
5980 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
5981 continue;
|
|
|
5982 }
|
|
|
5983
|
|
|
5984 /* XXX */
|
|
|
5985 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
|
|
|
5986 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
|
|
|
5987 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
|
|
|
5988 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
|
|
|
5989 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
|
|
|
5990 {
|
|
|
5991 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
5992
|
|
|
5993 if (theline[0] == ')')
|
|
|
5994 {
|
|
|
5995 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum && cur_amount > amount)
|
|
|
5996 cur_amount = amount;
|
|
|
5997 amount = -1;
|
|
|
5998 }
|
|
|
5999 break;
|
|
|
6000 }
|
|
|
6001 }
|
|
|
6002
|
|
|
6003 /*
|
|
|
6004 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
|
|
|
6005 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
|
|
|
6006 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
|
|
|
6007 */
|
|
|
6008 if (amount == -1)
|
|
|
6009 {
|
|
|
6010 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6011 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
|
|
|
6012 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *skipwhite(look) == '('))
|
|
|
6013 {
|
|
|
6014 /*
|
|
|
6015 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
|
|
|
6016 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
|
|
|
6017 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
|
|
|
6018 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
|
|
|
6019 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
|
|
|
6020 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
|
|
|
6021 * lines).
|
|
|
6022 */
|
|
|
6023 if (theline[0] != ')')
|
|
|
6024 {
|
|
|
6025 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6026 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
|
|
|
6027 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
|
|
|
6028 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
|
|
|
6029 {
|
|
|
6030 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
|
|
|
6031 * for each additional level */
|
|
|
6032 n = 1;
|
|
|
6033 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
|
|
|
6034 {
|
|
|
6035 switch (l[col])
|
|
|
6036 {
|
|
|
6037 case '(':
|
|
|
6038 case '{': ++n;
|
|
|
6039 break;
|
|
|
6040
|
|
|
6041 case ')':
|
|
|
6042 case '}': if (n > 1)
|
|
|
6043 --n;
|
|
|
6044 break;
|
|
|
6045 }
|
|
|
6046 }
|
|
|
6047
|
|
|
6048 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
6049 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
|
|
|
6050 }
|
|
|
6051 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
|
|
|
6052 our_paren_pos.col++;
|
|
|
6053 else
|
|
|
6054 {
|
|
|
6055 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
|
|
|
6056 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
|
|
|
6057 col++;
|
|
|
6058 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
|
|
|
6059 our_paren_pos.col = col;
|
|
|
6060 else
|
|
|
6061 our_paren_pos.col++;
|
|
|
6062 }
|
|
|
6063 }
|
|
|
6064
|
|
|
6065 /*
|
|
|
6066 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
|
|
|
6067 * if we did the above "if".
|
|
|
6068 */
|
|
|
6069 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
|
|
|
6070 {
|
|
|
6071 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6072 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
|
|
|
6073 cur_amount = col;
|
|
|
6074 }
|
|
|
6075 }
|
|
|
6076
|
|
|
6077 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
|
|
|
6078 {
|
|
|
6079 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
|
|
|
6080 }
|
|
|
6081 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
|
|
|
6082 && *skipwhite(look) == '('))
|
|
|
6083 {
|
|
|
6084 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
6085 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
6086 }
|
|
|
6087 else
|
|
|
6088 {
|
|
|
6089 /* add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one */
|
|
|
6090 col = our_paren_pos.col;
|
|
|
6091 while (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
|
|
|
6092 {
|
|
|
6093 --our_paren_pos.col;
|
|
|
6094 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
|
|
|
6095 {
|
|
|
6096 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
|
|
|
6097 col = our_paren_pos.col;
|
|
|
6098 break;
|
|
|
6099 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
|
|
|
6100 col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6101 break;
|
|
|
6102 }
|
|
|
6103 }
|
|
|
6104
|
|
|
6105 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
|
|
|
6106 * braces */
|
|
|
6107 if (col == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
6108 amount += ind_unclosed;
|
|
|
6109 else
|
|
|
6110 {
|
|
|
6111 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
|
|
|
6112 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
6113 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6114 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6115 amount += ind_unclosed2;
|
|
|
6116 else
|
|
|
6117 amount += ind_unclosed;
|
|
|
6118 }
|
|
|
6119 /*
|
|
|
6120 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
|
|
|
6121 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
|
|
|
6122 * lines:
|
|
|
6123 * func_long_name( if (x
|
|
|
6124 * arg && yy
|
|
|
6125 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
|
|
|
6126 */
|
|
|
6127 if (cur_amount < amount)
|
|
|
6128 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
6129 }
|
|
|
6130 }
|
|
|
6131
|
|
|
6132 /* add extra indent for a comment */
|
|
|
6133 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
|
|
|
6134 amount += ind_comment;
|
|
|
6135 }
|
|
|
6136
|
|
|
6137 /*
|
|
|
6138 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
|
|
|
6139 */
|
|
|
6140 else
|
|
|
6141 {
|
|
|
6142 trypos = tryposBrace;
|
|
|
6143
|
|
|
6144 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
6145 start = ml_get(ourscope);
|
|
|
6146
|
|
|
6147 /*
|
|
|
6148 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
|
|
|
6149 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
|
|
|
6150 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
|
|
|
6151 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
|
|
|
6152 */
|
|
|
6153 look = skipwhite(start);
|
|
|
6154 if (*look == '{')
|
|
|
6155 {
|
|
|
6156 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6157 amount = col;
|
|
|
6158 if (*start == '{')
|
|
|
6159 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
|
|
|
6160 else
|
|
|
6161 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
|
|
|
6162 }
|
|
|
6163 else
|
|
|
6164 {
|
|
|
6165 /*
|
|
|
6166 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
|
|
|
6167 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
|
|
|
6168 */
|
|
|
6169 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
|
|
|
6170
|
|
|
6171 /*
|
|
|
6172 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
|
|
|
6173 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
6174 */
|
|
|
6175 lnum = ourscope;
|
|
|
6176 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
|
|
|
6177 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6178 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6179 lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
6180
|
|
|
6181 /*
|
|
|
6182 * It could have been something like
|
|
|
6183 * case 1: if (asdf &&
|
|
|
6184 * ldfd) {
|
|
|
6185 * }
|
|
|
6186 */
|
|
|
6187 if (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
|
|
|
6188 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
6189 else
|
|
|
6190 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6191
|
|
|
6192 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
|
|
|
6193 }
|
|
|
6194
|
|
|
6195 /*
|
|
|
6196 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
|
|
|
6197 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
|
|
|
6198 * that an indent is supposed to be.
|
|
|
6199 */
|
|
|
6200 if (theline[0] == '}')
|
|
|
6201 {
|
|
|
6202 /*
|
|
|
6203 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
|
|
|
6204 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
|
|
|
6205 */
|
|
|
6206 amount += ind_close_extra;
|
|
|
6207 }
|
|
|
6208 else
|
|
|
6209 {
|
|
|
6210 /*
|
|
|
6211 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
|
|
|
6212 * to match it with.
|
|
|
6213 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
|
|
|
6214 * to match it with.
|
|
|
6215 */
|
|
|
6216 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
|
|
|
6217 if (cin_iselse(theline))
|
|
|
6218 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
|
|
|
6219 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
6220 /* XXX */
|
|
|
6221 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
|
|
|
6222 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
|
|
|
6223 {
|
|
|
6224 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
|
|
|
6225 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6226 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
|
|
|
6227 {
|
|
|
6228 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6229 goto theend;
|
|
|
6230 }
|
|
|
6231 }
|
|
|
6232
|
|
|
6233 /*
|
|
|
6234 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
|
|
|
6235 * failed to find a matching "if").
|
|
|
6236 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
|
|
|
6237 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
|
|
|
6238 */
|
|
|
6239
|
|
|
6240 /*
|
|
|
6241 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
|
|
|
6242 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
|
|
|
6243 * location for ind_open_extra.
|
|
|
6244 */
|
|
|
6245
|
|
|
6246 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
|
|
|
6247 {
|
|
|
6248 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
|
|
|
6249 }
|
|
|
6250 else
|
|
|
6251 {
|
|
|
6252 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
|
|
|
6253 amount += ind_open_imag;
|
|
|
6254 else
|
|
|
6255 {
|
|
|
6256 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
|
|
|
6257 amount -= ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6258 if (amount < 0)
|
|
|
6259 amount = 0;
|
|
|
6260 }
|
|
|
6261 }
|
|
|
6262
|
|
|
6263 lookfor_break = FALSE;
|
|
|
6264
|
|
|
6265 if (cin_iscase(theline)) /* it's a switch() label */
|
|
|
6266 {
|
|
|
6267 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
|
|
|
6268 amount += ind_case;
|
|
|
6269 }
|
|
|
6270 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
|
|
|
6271 {
|
|
|
6272 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
|
|
|
6273 amount += ind_scopedecl;
|
|
|
6274 }
|
|
|
6275 else
|
|
|
6276 {
|
|
|
6277 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
|
|
|
6278 lookfor_break = TRUE;
|
|
|
6279
|
|
|
6280 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
|
|
|
6281 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
|
|
|
6282 }
|
|
|
6283 scope_amount = amount;
|
|
|
6284 whilelevel = 0;
|
|
|
6285
|
|
|
6286 /*
|
|
|
6287 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
|
|
|
6288 * with that.
|
|
|
6289 *
|
|
|
6290 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
|
|
|
6291 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
|
|
|
6292 * that opens the block.
|
|
|
6293 */
|
|
|
6294 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
|
|
|
6295 for (;;)
|
|
|
6296 {
|
|
|
6297 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
6298 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
6299
|
|
|
6300 /*
|
|
|
6301 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
|
|
|
6302 * up with it.
|
|
|
6303 */
|
|
|
6304 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
|
|
|
6305 {
|
|
|
6306 /* we reached end of scope:
|
|
|
6307 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
|
|
|
6308 * go further back:
|
|
|
6309 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
|
|
|
6310 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
|
|
|
6311 * declaration:
|
|
|
6312 * int x,
|
|
|
6313 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
|
|
|
6314 */
|
|
|
6315 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
6316 {
|
|
|
6317 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
|
|
|
6318 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
|
6319 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
|
|
|
6320 {
|
|
|
6321 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
|
|
|
6322 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
|
|
|
6323 * initialization) */
|
|
|
6324 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6325 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6326 else
|
|
|
6327 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6328 break;
|
|
|
6329 }
|
|
|
6330
|
|
|
6331 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6332
|
|
|
6333 /*
|
|
|
6334 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
|
|
|
6335 * comment.
|
|
|
6336 */
|
|
|
6337 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6338 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6339 {
|
|
|
6340 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6341 continue;
|
|
|
6342 }
|
|
|
6343
|
|
|
6344 /*
|
|
|
6345 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
|
|
|
6346 */
|
|
|
6347 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6348 continue;
|
|
|
6349
|
|
|
6350 if (cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
6351 continue;
|
|
|
6352
|
|
|
6353 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6354
|
|
|
6355 /*
|
|
|
6356 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
|
|
|
6357 * function declaration, we are done
|
|
|
6358 * (it's a variable declaration).
|
|
|
6359 */
|
|
|
6360 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
|
|
|
6361 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6362 {
|
|
|
6363 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
|
|
|
6364 * it is a continued variable initialization.
|
|
|
6365 * don't add extra indent.
|
|
|
6366 * TODO: does not work, if a function
|
|
|
6367 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
|
|
|
6368 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
|
|
|
6369 */
|
|
|
6370 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
6371 break;
|
|
|
6372
|
|
|
6373 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
|
|
|
6374 * we are done.
|
|
|
6375 */
|
|
|
6376 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
|
|
|
6377 break;
|
|
|
6378
|
|
|
6379 /* nothing useful found */
|
|
|
6380 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
|
|
|
6381 continue;
|
|
|
6382 }
|
|
|
6383
|
|
|
6384 if (terminated != ';')
|
|
|
6385 {
|
|
|
6386 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
|
|
|
6387 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
|
|
|
6388 * will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
6389 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6390 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
6391 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
|
|
|
6392 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6393 ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6394
|
|
|
6395 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
|
|
|
6396 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6397
|
|
|
6398 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6399 {
|
|
|
6400 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6401 continue;
|
|
|
6402 }
|
|
|
6403 }
|
|
|
6404
|
|
|
6405 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
|
|
|
6406 * like in
|
|
|
6407 * int a,
|
|
|
6408 * b;
|
|
|
6409 */
|
|
|
6410 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6411 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6412 else
|
|
|
6413 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6414 }
|
|
|
6415 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
|
|
|
6416 {
|
|
|
6417 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6418 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6419 else
|
|
|
6420 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6421 }
|
|
|
6422 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
|
|
|
6423 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
|
|
|
6424 {
|
|
|
6425 amount = scope_amount;
|
|
|
6426 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
6427 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6428 }
|
|
|
6429 break;
|
|
|
6430 }
|
|
|
6431
|
|
|
6432 /*
|
|
|
6433 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
|
|
|
6434 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6435 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6436 {
|
|
|
6437 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6438 continue;
|
|
|
6439 }
|
|
|
6440
|
|
|
6441 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6442
|
|
|
6443 /*
|
|
|
6444 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
|
|
|
6445 * if this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
|
|
|
6446 */
|
|
|
6447 iscase = cin_iscase(l);
|
|
|
6448 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
|
|
|
6449 {
|
|
|
6450 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
|
|
|
6451 * declaration/initialization any longer */
|
|
|
6452 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
|
|
|
6453 break;
|
|
|
6454
|
|
|
6455 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
|
|
|
6456 * labels. */
|
|
|
6457 if (whilelevel > 0)
|
|
|
6458 continue;
|
|
|
6459
|
|
|
6460 /*
|
|
|
6461 * case xx:
|
|
|
6462 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
|
|
|
6463 *-> here;
|
|
|
6464 */
|
|
|
6465 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
6466 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
6467 {
|
|
|
6468 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6469 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6470 else
|
|
|
6471 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6472 break;
|
|
|
6473 }
|
|
|
6474
|
|
|
6475 /*
|
|
|
6476 * case xx: <- line up with this case
|
|
|
6477 * x = 333;
|
|
|
6478 * case yy:
|
|
|
6479 */
|
|
|
6480 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
|
|
|
6481 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
|
|
|
6482 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
|
|
|
6483 {
|
|
|
6484 /*
|
|
|
6485 * Check that this case label is not for another
|
|
|
6486 * switch()
|
|
|
6487 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6488 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
|
|
|
6489 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
|
|
|
6490 {
|
|
|
6491 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6492 break;
|
|
|
6493 }
|
|
|
6494 continue;
|
|
|
6495 }
|
|
|
6496
|
|
|
6497 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6498
|
|
|
6499 /*
|
|
|
6500 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
|
|
|
6501 * y = y + 1;
|
|
|
6502 * -> s = 99;
|
|
|
6503 *
|
|
|
6504 * case xx:
|
|
|
6505 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
|
|
|
6506 * y = y + 1;
|
|
|
6507 * -> s = 99;
|
|
|
6508 */
|
|
|
6509 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
6510 {
|
|
|
6511 if (n)
|
|
|
6512 amount = n;
|
|
|
6513
|
|
|
6514 if (!lookfor_break)
|
|
|
6515 break;
|
|
|
6516 }
|
|
|
6517
|
|
|
6518 /*
|
|
|
6519 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
|
|
|
6520 * -> y = y + 1;
|
|
|
6521 *
|
|
|
6522 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
|
|
|
6523 * -> y = y + 1;
|
|
|
6524 */
|
|
|
6525 if (n)
|
|
|
6526 {
|
|
|
6527 amount = n;
|
|
|
6528 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
6529 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
|
|
|
6530 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
|
|
|
6531 break;
|
|
|
6532 }
|
|
|
6533
|
|
|
6534 /*
|
|
|
6535 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
|
|
|
6536 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
|
|
|
6537 * switch label.
|
|
|
6538 * break; <- may line up with this line
|
|
|
6539 * case xx:
|
|
|
6540 * -> y = 1;
|
|
|
6541 */
|
|
|
6542 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
|
|
|
6543 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
|
|
|
6544 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
|
|
|
6545 continue;
|
|
|
6546 }
|
|
|
6547
|
|
|
6548 /*
|
|
|
6549 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
|
|
|
6550 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
|
|
|
6551 */
|
|
|
6552 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
|
|
|
6553 {
|
|
|
6554 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
|
|
|
6555 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6556 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6557 continue;
|
|
|
6558 }
|
|
|
6559
|
|
|
6560 /*
|
|
|
6561 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
|
|
|
6562 */
|
|
|
6563 if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
6564 {
|
|
|
6565 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
6566 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
6567 continue;
|
|
|
6568 }
|
|
|
6569
|
|
|
6570 /*
|
|
|
6571 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
|
|
|
6572 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
|
|
|
6573 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
|
|
|
6574 * unlocked it)
|
|
|
6575 */
|
|
|
6576 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6577 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
6578 || cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
6579 continue;
|
|
|
6580
|
|
|
6581 /*
|
|
|
6582 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
|
|
|
6583 * constructor initialization?
|
|
|
6584 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6585 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass
|
|
|
6586 && cin_is_cpp_baseclass(l, &col))
|
|
|
6587 {
|
|
|
6588 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
|
|
|
6589 {
|
|
|
6590 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6591 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6592 else
|
|
|
6593 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6594 }
|
|
|
6595 else if (col == 0 || theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
6596 {
|
|
|
6597 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
6598 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
|
|
|
6599 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6600 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6601 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6602 if (theline[0] != '{')
|
|
|
6603 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
|
|
|
6604 }
|
|
|
6605 else
|
|
|
6606 {
|
|
|
6607 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
6608 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6609 amount = (int)col;
|
|
|
6610 }
|
|
|
6611 break;
|
|
|
6612 }
|
|
|
6613 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
|
|
|
6614 {
|
|
|
6615 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
|
|
|
6616 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace. */
|
|
|
6617 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
|
|
|
6618 break;
|
|
|
6619 else
|
|
|
6620 continue;
|
|
|
6621 }
|
|
|
6622
|
|
|
6623 /*
|
|
|
6624 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
|
|
|
6625 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
|
|
|
6626 * there is anoter unterminated statement behind, eg:
|
|
|
6627 * 123,
|
|
|
6628 * sizeof
|
|
|
6629 * here
|
|
|
6630 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
|
|
|
6631 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
|
|
|
6632 * (indented).
|
|
|
6633 */
|
|
|
6634 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6635
|
|
|
6636 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
6637 && terminated == ','))
|
|
|
6638 {
|
|
|
6639 /*
|
|
|
6640 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
|
|
|
6641 * go back to the line that starts it so
|
|
|
6642 * we can get the right prevailing indent
|
|
|
6643 * if ( foo &&
|
|
|
6644 * bar )
|
|
|
6645 */
|
|
|
6646 /*
|
|
|
6647 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
|
|
|
6648 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
6649 */
|
|
|
6650 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
|
|
|
6651 trypos = find_match_paren(
|
|
|
6652 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
|
|
|
6653 ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6654
|
|
|
6655 /*
|
|
|
6656 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
|
|
|
6657 * braces.
|
|
|
6658 */
|
|
|
6659 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
|
|
|
6660 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6661
|
|
|
6662 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6663 {
|
|
|
6664 /*
|
|
|
6665 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
|
|
|
6666 * handled above.
|
|
|
6667 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
|
|
|
6668 * asdf)
|
|
|
6669 */
|
|
|
6670 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
6671 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6672 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
|
|
|
6673 {
|
|
|
6674 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6675 continue;
|
|
|
6676 }
|
|
|
6677 }
|
|
|
6678
|
|
|
6679 /*
|
|
|
6680 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
|
|
|
6681 * indent from
|
|
|
6682 * char *usethis = "bla\
|
|
|
6683 * bla",
|
|
|
6684 * here;
|
|
|
6685 */
|
|
|
6686 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
6687 {
|
|
|
6688 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
6689 {
|
|
|
6690 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
6691 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
6692 break;
|
|
|
6693 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6694 }
|
|
|
6695 }
|
|
|
6696
|
|
|
6697 /*
|
|
|
6698 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
|
|
|
6699 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
|
|
|
6700 */
|
|
|
6701 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
6702 &l, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6703
|
|
|
6704 /*
|
|
|
6705 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
|
|
|
6706 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
|
|
|
6707 * while (not)
|
|
|
6708 * -> {
|
|
|
6709 * }
|
|
|
6710 */
|
|
|
6711 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
|
|
|
6712 && theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
6713 {
|
|
|
6714 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
6715 /*
|
|
|
6716 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
|
|
|
6717 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
|
|
|
6718 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
|
|
|
6719 * { 1, 2 },
|
|
|
6720 * -> { 3, 4 }
|
|
|
6721 */
|
|
|
6722 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
|
|
|
6723 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6724
|
|
|
6725 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
|
|
|
6726 {
|
|
|
6727 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
|
|
|
6728 * class declaration or initialization */
|
|
|
6729 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
|
|
|
6730 continue;
|
|
|
6731 }
|
|
|
6732 break;
|
|
|
6733 }
|
|
|
6734
|
|
|
6735 /*
|
|
|
6736 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
|
|
|
6737 * Also allow " } else".
|
|
|
6738 */
|
|
|
6739 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
|
|
|
6740 {
|
|
|
6741 /*
|
|
|
6742 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
|
|
|
6743 * with the last one.
|
|
|
6744 * if (cond)
|
|
|
6745 * 100 +
|
|
|
6746 * -> here;
|
|
|
6747 */
|
|
|
6748 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
6749 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
6750 {
|
|
|
6751 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6752 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6753 else
|
|
|
6754 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6755 break;
|
|
|
6756 }
|
|
|
6757
|
|
|
6758 /*
|
|
|
6759 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
|
|
|
6760 * are finished.
|
|
|
6761 * while (not)
|
|
|
6762 * -> here;
|
|
|
6763 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
|
|
|
6764 * before this is terminated.
|
|
|
6765 * yyy;
|
|
|
6766 * if (stat)
|
|
|
6767 * while (not)
|
|
|
6768 * xxx;
|
|
|
6769 * -> here;
|
|
|
6770 */
|
|
|
6771 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
6772 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
6773 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6774 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
6775 {
|
|
|
6776 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
|
|
|
6777 break;
|
|
|
6778 }
|
|
|
6779
|
|
|
6780 /*
|
|
|
6781 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
|
|
|
6782 * do, line up with the while()
|
|
|
6783 * do
|
|
|
6784 * x = 1;
|
|
|
6785 * -> here
|
|
|
6786 */
|
|
|
6787 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
6788 if (cin_isdo(l))
|
|
|
6789 {
|
|
|
6790 if (whilelevel == 0)
|
|
|
6791 break;
|
|
|
6792 --whilelevel;
|
|
|
6793 }
|
|
|
6794
|
|
|
6795 /*
|
|
|
6796 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
|
|
|
6797 * one between the "if" and the "else".
|
|
|
6798 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
|
|
|
6799 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
|
|
|
6800 */
|
|
|
6801 if (cin_iselse(l)
|
|
|
6802 && whilelevel == 0
|
|
|
6803 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
6804 == NULL
|
|
|
6805 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
|
|
|
6806 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
|
|
|
6807 break;
|
|
|
6808 }
|
|
|
6809
|
|
|
6810 /*
|
|
|
6811 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
|
|
|
6812 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
|
|
|
6813 * add someting for a continuation line, depending on
|
|
|
6814 * the line before this one.
|
|
|
6815 */
|
|
|
6816 else
|
|
|
6817 {
|
|
|
6818 /*
|
|
|
6819 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
|
|
|
6820 * the last one.
|
|
|
6821 * c = 99 +
|
|
|
6822 * 100 +
|
|
|
6823 * -> here;
|
|
|
6824 */
|
|
|
6825 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
|
|
|
6826 {
|
|
|
6827 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
|
|
|
6828 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
6829 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6830 break;
|
|
|
6831 }
|
|
|
6832
|
|
|
6833 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
6834 {
|
|
|
6835 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
|
|
|
6836 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
|
|
|
6837 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
|
|
|
6838 * opening brace or we are looking just for
|
|
|
6839 * enumerations/initializations. */
|
|
|
6840 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
6841 {
|
|
|
6842 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
|
|
|
6843 break;
|
|
|
6844
|
|
|
6845 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
|
|
|
6846 continue;
|
|
|
6847 }
|
|
|
6848
|
|
|
6849 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
|
|
|
6850 * reduce indent. */
|
|
|
6851 if (amount > cur_amount)
|
|
|
6852 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
6853 }
|
|
|
6854 else
|
|
|
6855 {
|
|
|
6856 /*
|
|
|
6857 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
|
|
|
6858 * line up with this line, remember its indent
|
|
|
6859 * 100 +
|
|
|
6860 * -> here;
|
|
|
6861 */
|
|
|
6862 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
6863
|
|
|
6864 /*
|
|
|
6865 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
|
|
|
6866 * are in an initialization or enum
|
|
|
6867 * struct xxx =
|
|
|
6868 * {
|
|
|
6869 * sizeof a,
|
|
|
6870 * 124 };
|
|
|
6871 * or a normal possible continuation line.
|
|
|
6872 * but only, of no other statement has been found
|
|
|
6873 * yet.
|
|
|
6874 */
|
|
|
6875 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
|
|
|
6876 {
|
|
|
6877 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
|
|
|
6878 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
|
|
|
6879 }
|
|
|
6880 else
|
|
|
6881 {
|
|
|
6882 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
|
|
|
6883 && *l != NUL
|
|
|
6884 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
6885 /* XXX */
|
|
|
6886 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
|
|
|
6887 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
6888 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
6889 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
|
|
|
6890 }
|
|
|
6891 }
|
|
|
6892 }
|
|
|
6893 }
|
|
|
6894
|
|
|
6895 /*
|
|
|
6896 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
|
|
|
6897 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
|
|
|
6898 */
|
|
|
6899 /* XXX */
|
|
|
6900 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(l,
|
|
|
6901 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
6902 {
|
|
|
6903 /*
|
|
|
6904 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
|
|
|
6905 * with the last one.
|
|
|
6906 * while (cond);
|
|
|
6907 * 100 + <- line up with this one
|
|
|
6908 * -> here;
|
|
|
6909 */
|
|
|
6910 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
6911 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
6912 {
|
|
|
6913 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6914 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6915 else
|
|
|
6916 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6917 break;
|
|
|
6918 }
|
|
|
6919
|
|
|
6920 if (whilelevel == 0)
|
|
|
6921 {
|
|
|
6922 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
|
|
|
6923 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6924 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
6925 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6926 }
|
|
|
6927 ++whilelevel;
|
|
|
6928 }
|
|
|
6929
|
|
|
6930 /*
|
|
|
6931 * We are after a "normal" statement.
|
|
|
6932 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
|
|
|
6933 * indent of that other statement.
|
|
|
6934 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
|
|
|
6935 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
|
|
|
6936 */
|
|
|
6937 else
|
|
|
6938 {
|
|
|
6939 /*
|
|
|
6940 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
|
|
|
6941 * may be lined up with the case label.
|
|
|
6942 */
|
|
|
6943 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
|
|
|
6944 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
|
|
|
6945 {
|
|
|
6946 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
|
|
|
6947 continue;
|
|
|
6948 }
|
|
|
6949
|
|
|
6950 /*
|
|
|
6951 * Handle "do {" line.
|
|
|
6952 */
|
|
|
6953 if (whilelevel > 0)
|
|
|
6954 {
|
|
|
6955 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
6956 if (cin_isdo(l))
|
|
|
6957 {
|
|
|
6958 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6959 --whilelevel;
|
|
|
6960 continue;
|
|
|
6961 }
|
|
|
6962 }
|
|
|
6963
|
|
|
6964 /*
|
|
|
6965 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
|
|
|
6966 * the amount for a continuation line.
|
|
|
6967 * x = 1;
|
|
|
6968 * y = foo +
|
|
|
6969 * -> here;
|
|
|
6970 * or
|
|
|
6971 * int x = 1;
|
|
|
6972 * int foo,
|
|
|
6973 * -> here;
|
|
|
6974 */
|
|
|
6975 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
6976 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
6977 {
|
|
|
6978 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6979 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6980 else
|
|
|
6981 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6982 break;
|
|
|
6983 }
|
|
|
6984
|
|
|
6985 /*
|
|
|
6986 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
|
|
|
6987 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
|
|
|
6988 * x = 1; x = 1;
|
|
|
6989 * if (asdf) y = 2;
|
|
|
6990 * while (asdf) ->here;
|
|
|
6991 * here;
|
|
|
6992 * ->foo;
|
|
|
6993 */
|
|
|
6994 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
6995 {
|
|
|
6996 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
|
|
|
6997 break;
|
|
|
6998 }
|
|
|
6999
|
|
|
7000 /*
|
|
|
7001 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
|
|
|
7002 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
|
|
|
7003 * a terminated line.
|
|
|
7004 */
|
|
|
7005 else
|
|
|
7006 {
|
|
|
7007 /*
|
|
|
7008 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
|
|
|
7009 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
|
|
|
7010 * the line. Helps for:
|
|
|
7011 * func(asdr,
|
|
|
7012 * asdfasdf);
|
|
|
7013 * here;
|
|
|
7014 */
|
|
|
7015 term_again:
|
|
|
7016 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7017 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
|
|
|
7018 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7019 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7020 {
|
|
|
7021 /*
|
|
|
7022 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
|
|
|
7023 * handled above.
|
|
|
7024 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
|
|
|
7025 * asdf)
|
|
|
7026 */
|
|
|
7027 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
7028 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7029 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
|
|
|
7030 {
|
|
|
7031 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7032 continue;
|
|
|
7033 }
|
|
|
7034 }
|
|
|
7035
|
|
|
7036 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
|
|
|
7037 * with a statement after it.
|
|
|
7038 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
|
|
|
7039 * stat;
|
|
|
7040 * }
|
|
|
7041 * case 2:
|
|
|
7042 * stat;
|
|
|
7043 * }
|
|
|
7044 */
|
|
|
7045 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l));
|
|
|
7046
|
|
|
7047 /*
|
|
|
7048 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
|
|
|
7049 * ignoring any jump label.
|
|
|
7050 */
|
|
|
7051 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
7052 &l, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
7053
|
|
|
7054 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7055 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7056 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
|
|
|
7057 if (*skipwhite(l) == '{')
|
|
|
7058 amount -= ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7059 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
|
|
|
7060
|
|
|
7061 /*
|
|
|
7062 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
|
|
|
7063 * that block.
|
|
|
7064 */
|
|
|
7065 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7066 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
|
|
|
7067 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
7068 != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
7069 {
|
|
|
7070 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
7071 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
|
|
|
7072 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
|
|
|
7073 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7074 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
|
|
|
7075 goto term_again;
|
|
|
7076 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7077 }
|
|
|
7078 }
|
|
|
7079 }
|
|
|
7080 }
|
|
|
7081 }
|
|
|
7082 }
|
|
|
7083
|
|
|
7084 /* add extra indent for a comment */
|
|
|
7085 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
|
|
|
7086 amount += ind_comment;
|
|
|
7087 }
|
|
|
7088
|
|
|
7089 /*
|
|
|
7090 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
|
|
|
7091 *
|
|
|
7092 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
|
|
|
7093 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
|
|
|
7094 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
|
|
|
7095 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
|
|
|
7096 */
|
|
|
7097 else
|
|
|
7098 {
|
|
|
7099 /*
|
|
|
7100 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
|
|
|
7101 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
|
|
|
7102 * of a function
|
|
|
7103 */
|
|
|
7104
|
|
|
7105 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7106 {
|
|
|
7107 amount = ind_first_open;
|
|
|
7108 }
|
|
|
7109
|
|
|
7110 /*
|
|
|
7111 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
|
|
|
7112 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
|
|
|
7113 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment
|
|
|
7114 * or if the current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';'.
|
|
|
7115 */
|
|
|
7116 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
7117 && !cin_nocode(theline)
|
|
|
7118 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
|
|
|
7119 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
|
|
|
7120 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
|
|
|
7121 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
|
|
|
7122 {
|
|
|
7123 amount = ind_func_type;
|
|
|
7124 }
|
|
|
7125 else
|
|
|
7126 {
|
|
|
7127 amount = 0;
|
|
|
7128 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
|
|
|
7129
|
|
|
7130 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
|
|
|
7131
|
|
|
7132 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7133 {
|
|
|
7134 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
7135 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7136
|
|
|
7137 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7138
|
|
|
7139 /*
|
|
|
7140 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
|
|
|
7141 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
7142 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7143 {
|
|
|
7144 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
7145 continue;
|
|
|
7146 }
|
|
|
7147
|
|
|
7148 /*
|
|
|
7149 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or constructor
|
|
|
7150 * initialization?
|
|
|
7151 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
7152 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{'
|
|
|
7153 && cin_is_cpp_baseclass(l, &col))
|
|
|
7154 {
|
|
|
7155 if (col == 0)
|
|
|
7156 {
|
|
|
7157 amount = get_indent() + ind_cpp_baseclass; /* XXX */
|
|
|
7158 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
|
|
|
7159 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7160 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7161 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum)
|
|
|
7162 + ind_cpp_baseclass; /* XXX */
|
|
|
7163 }
|
|
|
7164 else
|
|
|
7165 {
|
|
|
7166 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
7167 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7168 amount = (int)col;
|
|
|
7169 }
|
|
|
7170 break;
|
|
|
7171 }
|
|
|
7172
|
|
|
7173 /*
|
|
|
7174 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
|
|
|
7175 */
|
|
|
7176 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
7177 continue;
|
|
|
7178
|
|
|
7179 if (cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
7180 continue;
|
|
|
7181
|
|
|
7182 /*
|
|
|
7183 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
|
|
|
7184 * indentation:
|
|
|
7185 * int foo,
|
|
|
7186 * bar;
|
|
|
7187 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
|
|
|
7188 * enum foobar
|
|
|
7189 * {
|
|
|
7190 * ...
|
|
|
7191 * } foo,
|
|
|
7192 * bar;
|
|
|
7193 */
|
|
|
7194 n = 0;
|
|
|
7195 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
|
|
|
7196 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
|
|
|
7197 {
|
|
|
7198 /* take us back to opening paren */
|
|
|
7199 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
|
|
|
7200 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7201 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7202 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
7203
|
|
|
7204 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
|
|
|
7205 * back to the first line with a backslash:
|
|
|
7206 * char *foo = "bla\
|
|
|
7207 * bla",
|
|
|
7208 * here;
|
|
|
7209 */
|
|
|
7210 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7211 {
|
|
|
7212 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7213 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
7214 break;
|
|
|
7215 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7216 }
|
|
|
7217
|
|
|
7218 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7219
|
|
|
7220 if (amount == 0)
|
|
|
7221 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
|
|
|
7222 if (amount == 0)
|
|
|
7223 amount = ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7224 break;
|
|
|
7225 }
|
|
|
7226
|
|
|
7227 /*
|
|
|
7228 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
|
|
|
7229 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
|
|
|
7230 */
|
|
|
7231 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
|
|
|
7232 break;
|
|
|
7233 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7234
|
|
|
7235 /*
|
|
|
7236 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
|
|
|
7237 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
|
|
|
7238 */
|
|
|
7239 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
|
|
|
7240 break;
|
|
|
7241
|
|
|
7242 /* (matching {)
|
|
|
7243 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
|
|
|
7244 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
|
|
|
7245 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
|
|
|
7246 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
|
|
|
7247 */
|
|
|
7248 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
|
|
|
7249 break;
|
|
|
7250
|
|
|
7251 /*
|
|
|
7252 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
|
|
|
7253 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
|
|
|
7254 * parameters.
|
|
|
7255 */
|
|
|
7256 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
7257 {
|
|
|
7258 amount = ind_param;
|
|
|
7259 break;
|
|
|
7260 }
|
|
|
7261
|
|
|
7262 /*
|
|
|
7263 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
|
|
|
7264 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
|
|
|
7265 * int foo,
|
|
|
7266 * bar;
|
|
|
7267 * indent_to_0 here;
|
|
|
7268 */
|
|
|
7269 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u*)";", NULL))
|
|
|
7270 {
|
|
|
7271 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7272 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
|
|
|
7273 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
|
|
|
7274 break;
|
|
|
7275 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7276 }
|
|
|
7277
|
|
|
7278 /*
|
|
|
7279 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
|
|
|
7280 * use the indent of this line.
|
|
|
7281 *
|
|
|
7282 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
|
|
|
7283 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
7284 */
|
|
|
7285 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
|
|
|
7286
|
|
|
7287 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7288 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7289 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
7290 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7291 break;
|
|
|
7292 }
|
|
|
7293
|
|
|
7294 /* add extra indent for a comment */
|
|
|
7295 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
|
|
|
7296 amount += ind_comment;
|
|
|
7297
|
|
|
7298 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
|
|
|
7299 * "asdfasdf\
|
|
|
7300 * here";
|
|
|
7301 * char *foo = "asdf\
|
|
|
7302 * here";
|
|
|
7303 */
|
|
|
7304 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7305 {
|
|
|
7306 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7307 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
7308 {
|
|
|
7309 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7310 if (cur_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7311 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
7312 else if (cur_amount == 0)
|
|
|
7313 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7314 }
|
|
|
7315 }
|
|
|
7316 }
|
|
|
7317 }
|
|
|
7318
|
|
|
7319 theend:
|
|
|
7320 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
|
|
|
7321 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
|
|
|
7322
|
|
|
7323 vim_free(linecopy);
|
|
|
7324
|
|
|
7325 if (amount < 0)
|
|
|
7326 return 0;
|
|
|
7327 return amount;
|
|
|
7328 }
|
|
|
7329
|
|
|
7330 static int
|
|
|
7331 find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
|
|
|
7332 int lookfor;
|
|
|
7333 linenr_T ourscope;
|
|
|
7334 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
7335 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
7336 {
|
|
|
7337 char_u *look;
|
|
|
7338 pos_T *theirscope;
|
|
|
7339 char_u *mightbeif;
|
|
|
7340 int elselevel;
|
|
|
7341 int whilelevel;
|
|
|
7342
|
|
|
7343 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
|
|
|
7344 {
|
|
|
7345 elselevel = 1;
|
|
|
7346 whilelevel = 0;
|
|
|
7347 }
|
|
|
7348 else
|
|
|
7349 {
|
|
|
7350 elselevel = 0;
|
|
|
7351 whilelevel = 1;
|
|
|
7352 }
|
|
|
7353
|
|
|
7354 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7355
|
|
|
7356 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
|
|
|
7357 {
|
|
|
7358 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
7359 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7360
|
|
|
7361 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7362 if (cin_iselse(look)
|
|
|
7363 || cin_isif(look)
|
|
|
7364 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
|
|
|
7365 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
7366 {
|
|
|
7367 /*
|
|
|
7368 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
|
|
|
7369 * we must be out of scope...
|
|
|
7370 */
|
|
|
7371 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7372 if (theirscope == NULL)
|
|
|
7373 break;
|
|
|
7374
|
|
|
7375 /*
|
|
|
7376 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
|
|
|
7377 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
|
|
|
7378 * out of luck too.
|
|
|
7379 */
|
|
|
7380 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
|
|
|
7381 break;
|
|
|
7382
|
|
|
7383 /*
|
|
|
7384 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
|
|
|
7385 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
|
|
|
7386 * different scope...
|
|
|
7387 */
|
|
|
7388 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
|
|
|
7389 continue;
|
|
|
7390
|
|
|
7391 /*
|
|
|
7392 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
|
|
|
7393 * then we need to go back to another if, so
|
|
|
7394 * increment elselevel
|
|
|
7395 */
|
|
|
7396 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7397 if (cin_iselse(look))
|
|
|
7398 {
|
|
|
7399 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
|
|
|
7400 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
|
|
|
7401 ++elselevel;
|
|
|
7402 continue;
|
|
|
7403 }
|
|
|
7404
|
|
|
7405 /*
|
|
|
7406 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
|
|
|
7407 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
|
|
|
7408 */
|
|
|
7409 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
7410 {
|
|
|
7411 ++whilelevel;
|
|
|
7412 continue;
|
|
|
7413 }
|
|
|
7414
|
|
|
7415 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
|
|
|
7416 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7417 if (cin_isif(look))
|
|
|
7418 {
|
|
|
7419 elselevel--;
|
|
|
7420 /*
|
|
|
7421 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
|
|
|
7422 * get in the way.
|
|
|
7423 */
|
|
|
7424 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
|
|
|
7425 whilelevel = 0;
|
|
|
7426 }
|
|
|
7427
|
|
|
7428 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
|
|
|
7429 if (cin_isdo(look))
|
|
|
7430 whilelevel--;
|
|
|
7431
|
|
|
7432 /*
|
|
|
7433 * if we've used up all the elses, then
|
|
|
7434 * this must be the if that we want!
|
|
|
7435 * match the indent level of that if.
|
|
|
7436 */
|
|
|
7437 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
|
|
|
7438 {
|
|
|
7439 return OK;
|
|
|
7440 }
|
|
|
7441 }
|
|
|
7442 }
|
|
|
7443 return FAIL;
|
|
|
7444 }
|
|
|
7445
|
|
|
7446 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7447 /*
|
|
|
7448 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
|
|
|
7449 */
|
|
|
7450 int
|
|
|
7451 get_expr_indent()
|
|
|
7452 {
|
|
|
7453 int indent;
|
|
|
7454 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
7455 int save_State;
|
|
|
7456
|
|
|
7457 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7458 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7459 ++sandbox;
|
|
|
7460 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
|
|
|
7461 --sandbox;
|
|
|
7462
|
|
|
7463 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
|
|
|
7464 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
|
|
|
7465 * command. */
|
|
|
7466 save_State = State;
|
|
|
7467 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
7468 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
7469 check_cursor();
|
|
|
7470 State = save_State;
|
|
|
7471
|
|
|
7472 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
|
|
|
7473 if (indent < 0)
|
|
|
7474 indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
7475
|
|
|
7476 return indent;
|
|
|
7477 }
|
|
|
7478 # endif
|
|
|
7479
|
|
|
7480 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
7481
|
|
|
7482 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7483
|
|
|
7484 static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
7485
|
|
|
7486 static int
|
|
|
7487 lisp_match(p)
|
|
|
7488 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7489 {
|
|
|
7490 char_u buf[LSIZE];
|
|
|
7491 int len;
|
|
|
7492 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
|
|
|
7493
|
|
|
7494 while (*word != NUL)
|
|
|
7495 {
|
|
|
7496 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
7497 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
|
|
|
7498 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
|
|
|
7499 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7500 }
|
|
|
7501 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7502 }
|
|
|
7503
|
|
|
7504 /*
|
|
|
7505 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
|
|
|
7506 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
|
|
|
7507 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
|
|
|
7508 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
|
|
|
7509 *
|
|
|
7510 * TODO:
|
|
|
7511 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
|
|
|
7512 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
|
|
|
7513 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
|
|
|
7514 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
|
|
|
7515 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
|
|
|
7516 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
|
|
14
|
7517 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
|
|
|
7518 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
|
|
7
|
7519 */
|
|
|
7520 int
|
|
|
7521 get_lisp_indent()
|
|
|
7522 {
|
|
14
|
7523 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
|
|
7
|
7524 int amount;
|
|
|
7525 char_u *that;
|
|
|
7526 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
7527 colnr_T firsttry;
|
|
|
7528 int parencount, quotecount;
|
|
|
7529 int vi_lisp;
|
|
|
7530
|
|
|
7531 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
|
|
|
7532 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
|
|
|
7533
|
|
|
7534 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7535 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7536
|
|
14
|
7537 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
|
|
|
7538 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
|
|
|
7539 else
|
|
|
7540 {
|
|
|
7541 paren = *pos;
|
|
|
7542 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
|
|
|
7543 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
|
|
|
7544 pos = &paren;
|
|
|
7545 }
|
|
|
7546 if (pos != NULL)
|
|
7
|
7547 {
|
|
|
7548 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
|
|
|
7549 * line that is at the same () level. */
|
|
|
7550 amount = -1;
|
|
|
7551 parencount = 0;
|
|
|
7552
|
|
|
7553 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
|
|
|
7554 {
|
|
|
7555 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
7556 continue;
|
|
|
7557 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
|
|
|
7558 {
|
|
|
7559 if (*that == ';')
|
|
|
7560 {
|
|
|
7561 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
|
|
|
7562 ++that;
|
|
|
7563 continue;
|
|
|
7564 }
|
|
|
7565 if (*that == '\\')
|
|
|
7566 {
|
|
|
7567 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
|
|
|
7568 ++that;
|
|
|
7569 continue;
|
|
|
7570 }
|
|
|
7571 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
|
|
|
7572 {
|
|
|
7573 that++;
|
|
|
7574 while (*that && (*that != '"' || *(that - 1) == '\\'))
|
|
|
7575 ++that;
|
|
|
7576 }
|
|
14
|
7577 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
7
|
7578 ++parencount;
|
|
14
|
7579 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
|
|
7
|
7580 --parencount;
|
|
|
7581 }
|
|
|
7582 if (parencount == 0)
|
|
|
7583 {
|
|
|
7584 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
7585 break;
|
|
|
7586 }
|
|
|
7587 }
|
|
|
7588
|
|
|
7589 if (amount == -1)
|
|
|
7590 {
|
|
|
7591 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
7592 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
|
|
|
7593 col = pos->col;
|
|
|
7594
|
|
|
7595 that = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7596
|
|
|
7597 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
|
|
|
7598 amount = 2;
|
|
|
7599 else
|
|
|
7600 {
|
|
|
7601 amount = 0;
|
|
|
7602 while (*that && col)
|
|
|
7603 {
|
|
|
7604 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
7605 col--;
|
|
|
7606 }
|
|
|
7607
|
|
|
7608 /*
|
|
|
7609 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
|
|
|
7610 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
|
|
|
7611 *
|
|
|
7612 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
|
|
|
7613 * (...)) of (...))
|
|
|
7614 */
|
|
|
7615
|
|
14
|
7616 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
|
7617 && lisp_match(that + 1))
|
|
7
|
7618 amount += 2;
|
|
|
7619 else
|
|
|
7620 {
|
|
|
7621 that++;
|
|
|
7622 amount++;
|
|
|
7623 firsttry = amount;
|
|
|
7624
|
|
|
7625 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
|
|
|
7626 {
|
|
|
7627 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
7628 ++that;
|
|
|
7629 }
|
|
|
7630
|
|
|
7631 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
|
|
|
7632 {
|
|
|
7633 /* test *that != '(' to accomodate first let/do
|
|
|
7634 * argument if it is more than one line */
|
|
14
|
7635 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
|
|
7
|
7636 firsttry++;
|
|
|
7637
|
|
|
7638 parencount = 0;
|
|
|
7639 quotecount = 0;
|
|
|
7640
|
|
|
7641 if (vi_lisp
|
|
|
7642 || (*that != '"'
|
|
|
7643 && *that != '\''
|
|
|
7644 && *that != '#'
|
|
|
7645 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
|
|
|
7646 {
|
|
|
7647 while (*that
|
|
|
7648 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
|
|
|
7649 || quotecount
|
|
|
7650 || parencount)
|
|
14
|
7651 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
7
|
7652 && !quotecount
|
|
|
7653 && !parencount
|
|
|
7654 && vi_lisp)))
|
|
|
7655 {
|
|
|
7656 if (*that == '"')
|
|
|
7657 quotecount = !quotecount;
|
|
14
|
7658 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
|
7659 && !quotecount)
|
|
7
|
7660 ++parencount;
|
|
14
|
7661 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
|
|
|
7662 && !quotecount)
|
|
7
|
7663 --parencount;
|
|
|
7664 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
|
|
|
7665 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
|
|
|
7666 (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
7667 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
|
|
|
7668 (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
7669 }
|
|
|
7670 }
|
|
|
7671 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
|
|
|
7672 {
|
|
|
7673 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
7674 that++;
|
|
|
7675 }
|
|
|
7676 if (!*that || *that == ';')
|
|
|
7677 amount = firsttry;
|
|
|
7678 }
|
|
|
7679 }
|
|
|
7680 }
|
|
|
7681 }
|
|
|
7682 }
|
|
|
7683 else
|
|
14
|
7684 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
|
|
7
|
7685
|
|
|
7686 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
|
|
|
7687
|
|
|
7688 return amount;
|
|
|
7689 }
|
|
|
7690 #endif /* FEAT_LISP */
|
|
|
7691
|
|
|
7692 void
|
|
|
7693 prepare_to_exit()
|
|
|
7694 {
|
|
39
|
7695 #if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
|
|
|
7696 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
|
|
|
7697 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
|
|
|
7698 * problems. */
|
|
36
|
7699 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
|
|
|
7700 #endif
|
|
|
7701
|
|
7
|
7702 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7703 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7704 {
|
|
|
7705 gui.dying = TRUE;
|
|
|
7706 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
|
|
|
7707 }
|
|
|
7708 else
|
|
|
7709 #endif
|
|
|
7710 {
|
|
|
7711 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
|
|
|
7712
|
|
|
7713 /*
|
|
|
7714 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
|
|
|
7715 * screen (if there are two screens).
|
|
|
7716 */
|
|
|
7717 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
|
|
|
7718 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
7719 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
|
|
|
7720 #endif
|
|
|
7721 stoptermcap();
|
|
|
7722 out_flush();
|
|
|
7723 }
|
|
|
7724 }
|
|
|
7725
|
|
|
7726 /*
|
|
|
7727 * Preserve files and exit.
|
|
|
7728 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
|
|
|
7729 */
|
|
|
7730 void
|
|
|
7731 preserve_exit()
|
|
|
7732 {
|
|
|
7733 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
7734
|
|
|
7735 prepare_to_exit();
|
|
|
7736
|
|
|
7737 out_str(IObuff);
|
|
|
7738 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
|
|
|
7739 out_flush();
|
|
|
7740
|
|
|
7741 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
|
|
|
7742
|
|
|
7743 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
7744 {
|
|
|
7745 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
|
|
|
7746 {
|
|
|
7747 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
|
|
|
7748 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
|
|
|
7749 out_flush();
|
|
|
7750 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
|
|
|
7751 break;
|
|
|
7752 }
|
|
|
7753 }
|
|
|
7754
|
|
|
7755 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
|
|
|
7756
|
|
|
7757 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
|
|
|
7758
|
|
|
7759 getout(1);
|
|
|
7760 }
|
|
|
7761
|
|
|
7762 /*
|
|
|
7763 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
|
|
|
7764 */
|
|
|
7765 int
|
|
|
7766 vim_fexists(fname)
|
|
|
7767 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
7768 {
|
|
|
7769 struct stat st;
|
|
|
7770
|
|
|
7771 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
|
|
|
7772 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7773 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7774 }
|
|
|
7775
|
|
|
7776 /*
|
|
|
7777 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
|
|
|
7778 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
|
|
|
7779 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
|
|
|
7780 * time, because it can be a system call.
|
|
|
7781 */
|
|
|
7782
|
|
|
7783 #ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
|
|
|
7784 # ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
|
|
|
7785 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
|
|
|
7786 # else
|
|
|
7787 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
|
|
|
7788 # endif
|
|
|
7789 #endif
|
|
|
7790
|
|
|
7791 static int breakcheck_count = 0;
|
|
|
7792
|
|
|
7793 void
|
|
|
7794 line_breakcheck()
|
|
|
7795 {
|
|
|
7796 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
|
|
|
7797 {
|
|
|
7798 breakcheck_count = 0;
|
|
|
7799 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
7800 }
|
|
|
7801 }
|
|
|
7802
|
|
|
7803 /*
|
|
|
7804 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
|
|
|
7805 */
|
|
|
7806 void
|
|
|
7807 fast_breakcheck()
|
|
|
7808 {
|
|
|
7809 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
|
|
|
7810 {
|
|
|
7811 breakcheck_count = 0;
|
|
|
7812 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
7813 }
|
|
|
7814 }
|
|
|
7815
|
|
|
7816 /*
|
|
|
7817 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
|
|
|
7818 * 'wildignore'.
|
|
|
7819 */
|
|
|
7820 int
|
|
|
7821 expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
|
|
|
7822 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
|
|
|
7823 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
|
|
|
7824 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
|
|
|
7825 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
|
|
|
7826 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
|
|
|
7827 {
|
|
|
7828 int retval;
|
|
|
7829 int i, j;
|
|
|
7830 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7831 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
|
|
|
7832
|
|
|
7833 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
|
|
|
7834
|
|
|
7835 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
|
|
|
7836 if (flags & EW_KEEPALL)
|
|
|
7837 return retval;
|
|
|
7838
|
|
|
7839 #ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
|
|
|
7840 /*
|
|
|
7841 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
|
|
|
7842 */
|
|
|
7843 if (*p_wig)
|
|
|
7844 {
|
|
|
7845 char_u *ffname;
|
|
|
7846
|
|
|
7847 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
|
|
|
7848 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
|
|
|
7849 {
|
|
|
7850 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
|
|
|
7851 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
7852 break;
|
|
|
7853 # ifdef VMS
|
|
|
7854 vms_remove_version(ffname);
|
|
|
7855 # endif
|
|
|
7856 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
|
|
|
7857 {
|
|
|
7858 /* remove this matching file from the list */
|
|
|
7859 vim_free((*file)[i]);
|
|
|
7860 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
|
|
|
7861 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
|
|
|
7862 --*num_file;
|
|
|
7863 --i;
|
|
|
7864 }
|
|
|
7865 vim_free(ffname);
|
|
|
7866 }
|
|
|
7867 }
|
|
|
7868 #endif
|
|
|
7869
|
|
|
7870 /*
|
|
|
7871 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
|
|
|
7872 */
|
|
|
7873 if (*num_file > 1)
|
|
|
7874 {
|
|
|
7875 non_suf_match = 0;
|
|
|
7876 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
|
|
|
7877 {
|
|
|
7878 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
|
|
|
7879 {
|
|
|
7880 /*
|
|
|
7881 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
|
|
|
7882 * of the list.
|
|
|
7883 */
|
|
|
7884 p = (*file)[i];
|
|
|
7885 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
|
|
|
7886 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
|
|
|
7887 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
|
|
|
7888 }
|
|
|
7889 }
|
|
|
7890 }
|
|
|
7891
|
|
|
7892 return retval;
|
|
|
7893 }
|
|
|
7894
|
|
|
7895 /*
|
|
|
7896 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
|
|
|
7897 */
|
|
|
7898 int
|
|
|
7899 match_suffix(fname)
|
|
|
7900 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
7901 {
|
|
|
7902 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
|
|
|
7903 char_u *setsuf;
|
|
|
7904 #define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
|
|
|
7905 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
|
|
|
7906
|
|
|
7907 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
|
|
|
7908 setsuflen = 0;
|
|
|
7909 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
|
|
|
7910 {
|
|
|
7911 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
|
|
|
7912 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
|
|
|
7913 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
|
|
|
7914 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
|
|
|
7915 break;
|
|
|
7916 setsuflen = 0;
|
|
|
7917 }
|
|
|
7918 return (setsuflen != 0);
|
|
|
7919 }
|
|
|
7920
|
|
|
7921 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7922
|
|
|
7923 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
7924 static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
7925 static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
|
|
|
7926 # endif
|
|
|
7927
|
|
|
7928 # if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
|
|
|
7929 /*
|
|
|
7930 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
|
|
|
7931 * it's shared between these systems.
|
|
|
7932 */
|
|
|
7933 # if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7934 # define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
|
|
|
7935 # else
|
|
|
7936 # ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
7937 # define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
7938 # endif
|
|
|
7939 # endif
|
|
|
7940
|
|
|
7941 /*
|
|
|
7942 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
|
|
|
7943 */
|
|
|
7944 static int _cdecl
|
|
|
7945 pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
|
|
|
7946 {
|
|
39
|
7947 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
|
|
7
|
7948 }
|
|
|
7949
|
|
|
7950 # ifndef WIN3264
|
|
|
7951 static void
|
|
|
7952 namelowcpy(
|
|
|
7953 char_u *d,
|
|
|
7954 char_u *s)
|
|
|
7955 {
|
|
|
7956 # ifdef DJGPP
|
|
|
7957 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
|
|
|
7958 while (*s)
|
|
|
7959 *d++ = *s++;
|
|
|
7960 else
|
|
|
7961 # endif
|
|
|
7962 while (*s)
|
|
|
7963 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
|
|
|
7964 *d = NUL;
|
|
|
7965 }
|
|
|
7966 # endif
|
|
|
7967
|
|
|
7968 /*
|
|
|
7969 * Recursively build up a list of files in "gap" matching the first wildcard
|
|
|
7970 * in `path'. Called by expand_wildcards().
|
|
|
7971 * Return the number of matches found.
|
|
|
7972 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
|
|
|
7973 * at "path[wildoff]".
|
|
|
7974 */
|
|
|
7975 static int
|
|
|
7976 dos_expandpath(
|
|
|
7977 garray_T *gap,
|
|
|
7978 char_u *path,
|
|
|
7979 int wildoff,
|
|
|
7980 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
7981 {
|
|
|
7982 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
7983 char_u *path_end;
|
|
|
7984 char_u *p, *s, *e;
|
|
|
7985 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
|
|
|
7986 int ok;
|
|
|
7987 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
7988 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
|
|
|
7989 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
|
|
|
7990 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7991 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
|
|
|
7992 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
|
|
|
7993 # endif
|
|
|
7994 #else
|
|
|
7995 struct ffblk fb;
|
|
|
7996 #endif
|
|
|
7997 int matches;
|
|
|
7998 int starts_with_dot;
|
|
|
7999 int len;
|
|
|
8000 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
8001 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
8002 char_u *matchname;
|
|
|
8003
|
|
|
8004 /* make room for file name */
|
|
|
8005 buf = alloc((unsigned int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
|
|
|
8006 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
8007 return 0;
|
|
|
8008
|
|
|
8009 /*
|
|
|
8010 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
|
|
|
8011 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
|
|
|
8012 */
|
|
|
8013 p = buf;
|
|
|
8014 s = buf;
|
|
|
8015 e = NULL;
|
|
|
8016 path_end = path;
|
|
|
8017 while (*path_end != NUL)
|
|
|
8018 {
|
|
|
8019 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
|
|
|
8020 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
|
|
|
8021 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
|
|
|
8022 *p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
|
8023 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
|
|
|
8024 {
|
|
|
8025 if (e != NULL)
|
|
|
8026 break;
|
|
|
8027 s = p + 1;
|
|
|
8028 }
|
|
|
8029 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
|
|
|
8030 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
|
|
|
8031 e = p;
|
|
|
8032 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8033 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
8034 {
|
|
|
8035 len = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(path_end);
|
|
|
8036 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
|
|
|
8037 p += len;
|
|
|
8038 path_end += len;
|
|
|
8039 }
|
|
|
8040 else
|
|
|
8041 #endif
|
|
|
8042 *p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
|
8043 }
|
|
|
8044 e = p;
|
|
|
8045 *e = NUL;
|
|
|
8046
|
|
|
8047 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
|
|
|
8048 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
|
|
|
8049 * component. */
|
|
|
8050 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
|
|
|
8051 if (rem_backslash(p))
|
|
|
8052 {
|
|
|
8053 STRCPY(p, p + 1);
|
|
|
8054 --e;
|
|
|
8055 --s;
|
|
|
8056 }
|
|
|
8057
|
|
|
8058 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
|
|
|
8059 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
8060 if (pat == NULL)
|
|
|
8061 {
|
|
|
8062 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
8063 return 0;
|
|
|
8064 }
|
|
|
8065
|
|
|
8066 /* compile the regexp into a program */
|
|
|
8067 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
|
|
|
8068 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
8069 vim_free(pat);
|
|
|
8070
|
|
|
8071 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
8072 {
|
|
|
8073 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
8074 return 0;
|
|
|
8075 }
|
|
|
8076
|
|
|
8077 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
|
|
|
8078 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
|
|
|
8079
|
|
|
8080 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
|
|
|
8081 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
|
|
|
8082 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8083 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8084 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
|
|
|
8085 {
|
|
|
8086 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
|
|
|
8087 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
|
|
|
8088 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
|
|
|
8089 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
|
|
|
8090 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8091 {
|
|
|
8092 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
|
|
|
8093 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
|
|
|
8094 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
|
|
|
8095 {
|
|
|
8096 vim_free(wn);
|
|
|
8097 wn = NULL;
|
|
|
8098 }
|
|
|
8099 }
|
|
|
8100 }
|
|
|
8101
|
|
|
8102 if (wn == NULL)
|
|
|
8103 # endif
|
|
|
8104 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
|
|
|
8105 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
|
|
|
8106 #else
|
|
|
8107 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
|
|
|
8108 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
|
|
|
8109 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
|
|
|
8110 #endif
|
|
|
8111
|
|
|
8112 while (ok)
|
|
|
8113 {
|
|
|
8114 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8115 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8116 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8117 p = ucs2_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
|
|
|
8118 else
|
|
|
8119 # endif
|
|
|
8120 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
|
|
|
8121 #else
|
|
|
8122 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
|
|
|
8123 #endif
|
|
|
8124 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
|
|
|
8125 * all entries found with "matchname". */
|
|
|
8126 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
|
|
|
8127 && (matchname == NULL
|
|
|
8128 || vim_regexec(®match, p, (colnr_T)0)))
|
|
|
8129 {
|
|
|
8130 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8131 STRCPY(s, p);
|
|
|
8132 #else
|
|
|
8133 namelowcpy(s, p);
|
|
|
8134 #endif
|
|
|
8135 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
|
|
|
8136 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
|
|
|
8137 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
|
|
|
8138 {
|
|
|
8139 /* need to expand another component of the path */
|
|
|
8140 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
|
8141 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags);
|
|
|
8142 }
|
|
|
8143 else
|
|
|
8144 {
|
|
|
8145 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
|
|
|
8146 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
|
8147 if (*path_end != 0)
|
|
|
8148 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
|
|
|
8149 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
|
|
|
8150 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
|
|
|
8151 }
|
|
|
8152 }
|
|
|
8153
|
|
|
8154 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8155 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8156 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8157 {
|
|
|
8158 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
8159 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
|
|
|
8160 }
|
|
|
8161 else
|
|
|
8162 # endif
|
|
|
8163 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
|
|
|
8164 #else
|
|
|
8165 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
|
|
|
8166 #endif
|
|
|
8167
|
|
|
8168 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
|
|
|
8169 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
|
|
|
8170 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
|
|
|
8171 {
|
|
|
8172 STRCPY(s, matchname);
|
|
|
8173 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8174 FindClose(hFind);
|
|
|
8175 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8176 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8177 {
|
|
|
8178 vim_free(wn);
|
|
|
8179 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
|
|
|
8180 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8181 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
|
|
|
8182 }
|
|
|
8183 if (wn == NULL)
|
|
|
8184 # endif
|
|
|
8185 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
|
|
|
8186 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
|
|
|
8187 #else
|
|
|
8188 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
|
|
|
8189 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
|
|
|
8190 #endif
|
|
|
8191 vim_free(matchname);
|
|
|
8192 matchname = NULL;
|
|
|
8193 }
|
|
|
8194 }
|
|
|
8195
|
|
|
8196 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8197 FindClose(hFind);
|
|
|
8198 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8199 vim_free(wn);
|
|
|
8200 # endif
|
|
|
8201 #endif
|
|
|
8202 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
8203 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
8204 vim_free(matchname);
|
|
|
8205
|
|
|
8206 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
|
|
|
8207 if (matches > 0)
|
|
|
8208 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
|
|
|
8209 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
|
|
|
8210 return matches;
|
|
|
8211 }
|
|
|
8212
|
|
|
8213 int
|
|
|
8214 mch_expandpath(
|
|
|
8215 garray_T *gap,
|
|
|
8216 char_u *path,
|
|
|
8217 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
8218 {
|
|
|
8219 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags);
|
|
|
8220 }
|
|
|
8221 # endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
|
|
|
8222
|
|
|
8223 /*
|
|
|
8224 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
|
|
|
8225 *
|
|
|
8226 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
|
|
|
8227 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
|
|
|
8228 *
|
|
|
8229 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
|
|
|
8230 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
|
|
|
8231 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
|
|
|
8232 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
|
|
|
8233 */
|
|
|
8234 int
|
|
|
8235 gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
|
|
|
8236 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
|
|
|
8237 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
|
|
|
8238 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
|
|
|
8239 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
|
|
|
8240 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
8241 {
|
|
|
8242 int i;
|
|
|
8243 garray_T ga;
|
|
|
8244 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8245 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
8246 int add_pat;
|
|
|
8247
|
|
|
8248 /*
|
|
|
8249 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
|
|
|
8250 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
|
|
|
8251 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
|
|
|
8252 * return FAIL.
|
|
|
8253 */
|
|
|
8254 if (recursive)
|
|
|
8255 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
|
|
|
8256 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
|
|
|
8257 #else
|
|
|
8258 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8259 #endif
|
|
|
8260
|
|
|
8261 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
|
|
|
8262 /*
|
|
|
8263 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
|
|
|
8264 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
|
|
|
8265 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
|
|
|
8266 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
|
|
|
8267 */
|
|
|
8268 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
|
|
|
8269 {
|
|
|
8270 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
|
|
|
8271 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
8272 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
|
|
|
8273 # endif
|
|
|
8274 )
|
|
|
8275 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
|
|
|
8276 }
|
|
|
8277 #endif
|
|
|
8278
|
|
|
8279 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
|
8280
|
|
|
8281 /*
|
|
|
8282 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
|
|
|
8283 */
|
|
|
8284 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
|
|
|
8285
|
|
|
8286 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
|
|
|
8287 {
|
|
|
8288 add_pat = -1;
|
|
|
8289 p = pat[i];
|
|
|
8290
|
|
|
8291 #ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
8292 if (vim_backtick(p))
|
|
|
8293 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
|
|
|
8294 else
|
|
|
8295 #endif
|
|
|
8296 {
|
|
|
8297 /*
|
|
|
8298 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
|
|
|
8299 */
|
|
|
8300 if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
|
|
|
8301 {
|
|
|
8302 p = expand_env_save(p);
|
|
|
8303 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
8304 p = pat[i];
|
|
|
8305 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
8306 /*
|
|
|
8307 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
|
|
|
8308 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
|
|
|
8309 * found file names and start all over again.
|
|
|
8310 */
|
|
|
8311 else if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
|
|
|
8312 {
|
|
|
8313 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
8314 ga_clear(&ga);
|
|
|
8315 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
|
|
|
8316 flags);
|
|
|
8317 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
8318 return i;
|
|
|
8319 }
|
|
|
8320 #endif
|
|
|
8321 }
|
|
|
8322
|
|
|
8323 /*
|
|
|
8324 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
|
|
|
8325 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
|
|
|
8326 * the pattern.
|
|
|
8327 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
|
|
|
8328 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
|
|
|
8329 */
|
|
|
8330 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
|
|
|
8331 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
|
|
|
8332 }
|
|
|
8333
|
|
|
8334 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
|
|
|
8335 {
|
|
|
8336 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
|
|
|
8337
|
|
|
8338 #if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
8339 slash_to_colon(t);
|
|
|
8340 #endif
|
|
|
8341 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
|
|
|
8342 * "vim c:/" work. */
|
|
|
8343 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
|
|
|
8344 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
|
|
|
8345 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
|
|
|
8346 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
|
|
|
8347 vim_free(t);
|
|
|
8348 }
|
|
|
8349
|
|
|
8350 if (p != pat[i])
|
|
|
8351 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
8352 }
|
|
|
8353
|
|
|
8354 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8355 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
|
|
|
8356
|
|
|
8357 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
8358
|
|
|
8359 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
8360 }
|
|
|
8361
|
|
|
8362 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
8363
|
|
|
8364 /*
|
|
|
8365 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
|
|
|
8366 */
|
|
|
8367 static int
|
|
|
8368 vim_backtick(p)
|
|
|
8369 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8370 {
|
|
|
8371 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
|
|
|
8372 }
|
|
|
8373
|
|
|
8374 /*
|
|
|
8375 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
|
|
|
8376 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
|
|
|
8377 * Returns number of file names found.
|
|
|
8378 */
|
|
|
8379 static int
|
|
|
8380 expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
|
|
|
8381 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
8382 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
8383 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
8384 {
|
|
|
8385 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8386 char_u *cmd;
|
|
|
8387 char_u *buffer;
|
|
|
8388 int cnt = 0;
|
|
|
8389 int i;
|
|
|
8390
|
|
|
8391 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
|
|
|
8392 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
|
|
|
8393 if (cmd == NULL)
|
|
|
8394 return 0;
|
|
|
8395
|
|
|
8396 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
8397 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
|
|
|
8398 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p);
|
|
|
8399 else
|
|
|
8400 #endif
|
|
24
|
8401 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
|
|
|
8402 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
|
|
7
|
8403 vim_free(cmd);
|
|
|
8404 if (buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
8405 return 0;
|
|
|
8406
|
|
|
8407 cmd = buffer;
|
|
|
8408 while (*cmd != NUL)
|
|
|
8409 {
|
|
|
8410 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
|
|
|
8411 p = cmd;
|
|
|
8412 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
|
|
|
8413 ++p;
|
|
|
8414 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
|
|
|
8415 if (p > cmd)
|
|
|
8416 {
|
|
|
8417 i = *p;
|
|
|
8418 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
8419 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
|
|
|
8420 *p = i;
|
|
|
8421 ++cnt;
|
|
|
8422 }
|
|
|
8423 cmd = p;
|
|
|
8424 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
|
|
|
8425 ++cmd;
|
|
|
8426 }
|
|
|
8427
|
|
|
8428 vim_free(buffer);
|
|
|
8429 return cnt;
|
|
|
8430 }
|
|
|
8431 # endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
|
|
|
8432
|
|
|
8433 /*
|
|
|
8434 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
|
|
|
8435 * EW_DIR add directories
|
|
|
8436 * EW_FILE add files
|
|
|
8437 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
|
|
|
8438 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
|
|
|
8439 */
|
|
|
8440 void
|
|
|
8441 addfile(gap, f, flags)
|
|
|
8442 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
8443 char_u *f; /* filename */
|
|
|
8444 int flags;
|
|
|
8445 {
|
|
|
8446 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8447 int isdir;
|
|
|
8448
|
|
|
8449 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
|
|
|
8450 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
|
|
|
8451 return;
|
|
|
8452
|
|
|
8453 #ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
|
|
|
8454 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
|
|
|
8455 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
|
|
|
8456 return;
|
|
|
8457 #endif
|
|
|
8458
|
|
|
8459 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
|
|
|
8460 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
|
|
|
8461 return;
|
|
|
8462
|
|
|
8463 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
|
|
|
8464 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8465 return;
|
|
|
8466
|
|
|
8467 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
|
|
|
8468 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
8469 return;
|
|
|
8470
|
|
|
8471 STRCPY(p, f);
|
|
|
8472 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
8473 slash_adjust(p);
|
|
|
8474 #endif
|
|
|
8475 /*
|
|
|
8476 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
|
|
|
8477 */
|
|
|
8478 #ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
|
|
|
8479 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
|
|
|
8480 add_pathsep(p);
|
|
|
8481 #endif
|
|
|
8482 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
|
|
|
8483 }
|
|
|
8484 #endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
|
|
|
8485
|
|
|
8486 #if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8487
|
|
|
8488 #ifndef SEEK_SET
|
|
|
8489 # define SEEK_SET 0
|
|
|
8490 #endif
|
|
|
8491 #ifndef SEEK_END
|
|
|
8492 # define SEEK_END 2
|
|
|
8493 #endif
|
|
|
8494
|
|
|
8495 /*
|
|
|
8496 * Get the stdout of an external command.
|
|
|
8497 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
|
|
|
8498 */
|
|
|
8499 char_u *
|
|
24
|
8500 get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
|
|
7
|
8501 char_u *cmd;
|
|
24
|
8502 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
|
|
7
|
8503 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
|
|
|
8504 {
|
|
|
8505 char_u *tempname;
|
|
|
8506 char_u *command;
|
|
|
8507 char_u *buffer = NULL;
|
|
|
8508 int len;
|
|
|
8509 int i = 0;
|
|
|
8510 FILE *fd;
|
|
|
8511
|
|
|
8512 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
|
|
|
8513 return NULL;
|
|
|
8514
|
|
|
8515 /* get a name for the temp file */
|
|
|
8516 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
|
|
|
8517 {
|
|
|
8518 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
|
|
|
8519 return NULL;
|
|
|
8520 }
|
|
|
8521
|
|
|
8522 /* Add the redirection stuff */
|
|
24
|
8523 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
|
|
7
|
8524 if (command == NULL)
|
|
|
8525 goto done;
|
|
|
8526
|
|
|
8527 /*
|
|
|
8528 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
|
|
|
8529 * Don't check timestamps here.
|
|
|
8530 */
|
|
|
8531 ++no_check_timestamps;
|
|
|
8532 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
|
|
|
8533 --no_check_timestamps;
|
|
|
8534
|
|
|
8535 vim_free(command);
|
|
|
8536
|
|
|
8537 /*
|
|
|
8538 * read the names from the file into memory
|
|
|
8539 */
|
|
|
8540 # ifdef VMS
|
|
|
8541 /* created temporary file is not allways readable as binary */
|
|
|
8542 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
|
|
|
8543 # else
|
|
|
8544 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
|
|
|
8545 # endif
|
|
|
8546
|
|
|
8547 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
8548 {
|
|
|
8549 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
|
|
|
8550 goto done;
|
|
|
8551 }
|
|
|
8552
|
|
|
8553 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
|
|
|
8554 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
|
|
|
8555 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
|
|
|
8556
|
|
|
8557 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
8558 if (buffer != NULL)
|
|
|
8559 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
|
|
|
8560 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
8561 mch_remove(tempname);
|
|
|
8562 if (buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
8563 goto done;
|
|
|
8564 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
8565 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
|
|
|
8566 #endif
|
|
|
8567 if (i != len)
|
|
|
8568 {
|
|
|
8569 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
|
|
|
8570 vim_free(buffer);
|
|
|
8571 buffer = NULL;
|
|
|
8572 }
|
|
|
8573 else
|
|
|
8574 buffer[len] = '\0'; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
|
|
|
8575
|
|
|
8576 done:
|
|
|
8577 vim_free(tempname);
|
|
|
8578 return buffer;
|
|
|
8579 }
|
|
|
8580 #endif
|
|
|
8581
|
|
|
8582 /*
|
|
|
8583 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
|
|
|
8584 * functions.
|
|
|
8585 */
|
|
|
8586 void
|
|
|
8587 FreeWild(count, files)
|
|
|
8588 int count;
|
|
|
8589 char_u **files;
|
|
|
8590 {
|
|
|
8591 if (files == NULL || count <= 0)
|
|
|
8592 return;
|
|
|
8593 #if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
|
|
|
8594 /*
|
|
|
8595 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
|
|
|
8596 * been used???
|
|
|
8597 */
|
|
|
8598 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
|
|
|
8599 #else
|
|
|
8600 while (count--)
|
|
|
8601 vim_free(files[count]);
|
|
|
8602 vim_free(files);
|
|
|
8603 #endif
|
|
|
8604 }
|
|
|
8605
|
|
|
8606 /*
|
|
|
8607 * return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
|
|
|
8608 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
|
|
|
8609 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
|
|
|
8610 */
|
|
|
8611 int
|
|
|
8612 goto_im()
|
|
|
8613 {
|
|
|
8614 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
|
|
|
8615 }
|
